Upload
khangminh22
View
0
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
NHS Benchmarking Network Collections & Reports
A Summary and Update
December 2019 Deborah Cundey | Service Development Manager | Clinical Operations
Intro
• NHS Benchmarking Network
• Getting it Right First Time (GIRFT)
– Crisis & Emergency Care
– Rehab
• Learning Disabilities
– Provider Services
– NHSE & NHSI Learning Disability Improvement Standards project
• Mental Health Benchmarking
NHS Benchmarking Network
• www.nhsbenchmarking.nhs.uk • Our mission is to support members to improve the quality
of health and social care services through the use of our unique, high value benchmarking service, by sharing excellent practice, and to inform national policy.
• As a member we have access to: – Secure online comparisons – Networking with peers – Shared learning and good practice – On demand data expertise and support – Extensive work programme – Summary and bespoke reporting – Knowledge forum – Customised projects
GIRFT
• 2 workstreams involve SHSC
– Crisis & Acute Mental Health • Lead: Dr Ian Davidson,
Cheshire & Wirral
– Psychiatric Rehabilitation • Lead: Dr Sridevi Kalidindi,
SLaM
• Information submission, report findings and deep dive visit
LD Provider Services
• The project compares the main service portfolios of LD service providers and quantifies the nature and shape of services provided.
• Open to specialist providers, participants have a 360 degree view of their services, providing insight to support operational service improvement, and strategic development at a senior level.
LD Improvement Standards project
https://www.nhsbenchmarking.nhs.uk/nhsild
• Second year of this project
• Data collection opened November 2019, comprising 3 elements: – Organisational level collation of data on policies,
activity, the impact of the care delivered, service quality and outcomes.
– A staff survey, completed by individual staff members, used to survey the workforce, training and skills.
– A patient survey, used to survey the quality of care received by people with learning disabilities, and overall patient experience.
MH Benchmarking Highlights
• Key findings
• SHSC v National
• SHSC 2018/19 v 2017/18
• Further reading
– NHS BN
– MH Benchmarking Summary Brief
– National reports
Weighted Population Benchmarking
Adult Acute Inpatient SHSC 2019 Position
2019 National Mean
SHSC 2018 Position
2018 National Mean
Adult acute beds per 100,000 weighted population
10.9 19.9 11 19
Adult acute bed occupancy excluding leave
97% 93% 95% 91.7%
Adult acute length of stay excluding leave
34 31.6 31 31.3
Adult acute admissions under the Mental Health Act
79% 40% 73% 37.3%
Adult acute WTE vacancies as % of staff in post 4% 17% 4% 17%
Adult acute spend on Bank and Agency (as a % of total spend on staffing)
36% 23% 24% 23%
Adult acute restraint per 10,000 occupied bed days
187 103 210 103
Adult acute prone restraint per 10,000 occupied bed days
1 17 0 20
Adult acute emergency readmissions 3.9% 8.8% 4.4% 9.4%
Weighted Population Benchmarking
Older Adults Inpatient SHSC 2019 Position
2019 National Mean
SHSC 2018 Position
2018 National Mean
Older adult beds per 100,000 weighted population
18.2 29.1 18.4 29.1
Older adult admissions per 100,000 weighted population
59.4 118.9 55.1 117.1
Older adult bed occupancy excluding leave
90% 86% 89.7% 86.2%
Older adult length of stay excluding leave 68 70 104 74.3
Older adult delayed transfers of care 20.7% 8.2% 14.2% 10.3%
Weighted Population Benchmarking
Community SHSC 2019 Position
2019 National Mean
SHSC 2018 Position
2018 National Mean
Total community caseload per 100,000 weighted population
1188 1483 866 1372
Total community contacts per 100,000 weighted population
25,471 27,091 27,037 26,364
Community total WTE per 100,000 weighted population (age 16+)
60 74 ~ ~
Generic CMHT cost per patient on the caseload
£3190 £3294 £4690 £3367
Early Intervention referrals received per 100,000 weighted population
158 84 98 74
Early Intervention caseload per 100,000 weighted population
95 64 81 63
NHS Friends and Family Test (FFT) Patient Satisfaction Score
98% 87% 95% 88%
Final Report October 2019
Mental Health Benchmarking
Inpatient and Community Mental Health Benchmarking
Report for MH07
Contents
Section Page
Executive summary 3
Bed profile 5
Community summary 6
Dashboard 7
Introduction 8
Reference group 9
Participants 10
Terms of reference 12
Adult Acute 13
Older Adult 29
Specialist beds 37
Cluster profiling 44
Community care 46
Workforce 68
Finance 75
Quality 78
Incidents 80
Balance of care 84
Conclusion 86
Index of charts 87
Mental Health Benchmarking
Inpatient and Community Mental Health
Executive Summary
Length of stay - national position
3032 32 33
31 31 32
67
72 7274
7674
70
49
4345
50
46 46
42
2012/13 2013/14 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19
Adult Acute Older Adult PICU
Length of stay for PICU and older adult acute beds has reduced this year. Figures for adult acute ALOS have increased, although remain within the parameters that have been seen in recent years.
This report provides an overview of the findings from this year's NHS Benchmarking Network Mental Health project. The key findings are summarised on the following pages at national level. This is followed by a bespoke dashboard showing your organisation's unique position on key metrics.
Page 3
Bed occupancy - national position
95%88% 90%
78%93% 94%
87%78%
64% 68%74% 76%
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
120%
Ad
ult
Acu
te
Old
er A
du
lt
PIC
U
Eati
ng
Dis
ord
ers
Low
Se
cure
Med
ium
Sec
ure
Hig
h D
epen
de
ncy
Re
hab
ilita
tio
n
Lon
ger
Ter
m C
om
ple
x/C
on
tin
uin
g C
are
Mo
the
r an
d B
aby
CA
MH
S -
Gen
eral
CA
MH
S -
Eati
ng
Dis
ord
ers
CA
MH
S -
Secu
re
Bed occupancy 2018/19
Including Leave Excluding Leave
85% bed occupancy excluding leave is a level that remains challenging for many bed types, due to the combination of demand, admission levels, length of stay and bed numbers. Tightest bed occupancy is reported in adult acute services, who report an average position of 94.9% excluding leave, but rising to 100% if patients on leave are also included in the figures.
Bed occupancy in other specialties also shows marginal increases in many areas, including old age and secure care.
Adult beds continue to report higher bed occupancy than CAMHS beds, which are included on the chart below for context.
Page 4
Bed Profile - national position of beds by specialty
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 01 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 01 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 01 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 01 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 01 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
6% 5% 1% 3%
3%
High Dep Rehab Long Term Complex Neuropsychiatry Other MH Beds
Acute admission beds for adults and older adults together represented 56% of the total bed stock
on 31st March 2019. Just under a quarter (22%) of beds were in the Low, Medium and High Secure
categories which remains unchanged since last year. However, this position is for NHS providers
across the UK and does not include a number of independent sector sites who offer a range of
specialist bed types including secure, eating disorder and rehabilitation.
Adult Acute Older Adult PICU Eating Disorders
37% 19% 5% 1%
Mother and Baby Low Secure Medium Secure High Secure
1% 9% 10%
Page 5
Community - national positions
1435 1473 1400 1397 1486
2800 28382544 2412 2457
2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19
Community caseloadsper 100,000 population
Working age adults Older adults
32,013 34,420 32,330 30,955 31,145
38,375 39,266
32,670 32,216 32,207
2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19
Community contactsper 100,000 population
Working age adults Older adults
Community care remains of key importance nationally. This year, the benchmarking data set includes all Northern Irish providers for the first time, which has influenced the mean average positions. On the whole, Northern Ireland provide higher levels of community care per capita than the other UK countries.
A central aspiration of the NHS Long Term Plan is to strengthen community services, so recent reductions in service capacity in England may begin to reverse in the coming years.
Page 6
Dashboard - your organisation's positions
Metric Low High MH07 Mean Median
20.6 19.6
National
Adult acute restraint per 10,000
occupied bed days187
79% 40% 40%
32 32
Adult acute beds per 100,000
registered population12.3
Adult acute cost per bed152,880£ 144,837£ 143,196£
Older adult beds per 100,000 registered
population35.6 42.9 38.6
Older adult bed occupancy excluding
leave90% 86% 88%
Older adult length of stay excluding
leave68 70 72
Total community caseload per 100,000
registered population1527 1685 1477
Generic CMHT cost per patient on the
caseload3,190£ 3,294£ 3,050£
Total community contacts per 100,000
registered population32,745 31,095 30,522
Community total WTE per 100,000
registered population (age 16+)78 84 80
Adult acute bed occupancy excluding
leave97% 93% 95%
Adult acute length of stay excluding
leave34
Adult acute admissions under the
Mental Health Act
Adult acute registered nurses per 10
beds10.7 8.2 8.0
Adult acute prone restraint per 10,000
occupied bed days1 17 11
Adult acute WTE vacancies as % of staff
in post4% 17% 15%
103 98
The following dashboard shows your organisation's position on key metrics included within this report, compared to other participants. It highlights which quartile your organisation's response falls into when all participants are ranked. It should be noted, however, that on some metrics the range is very small and therefore being high or low is only relative to other responses, and may not signify a high or low outlying position.
Page 7
Introduction
This report examines the state of mental health services in the UK in 2019. It summarises the results of this year's NHS Benchmarking Network Mental Health collection, and provides a commentary on the position of NHS mental health services.
This year brings the highest ever level of participation in the project. In addition to every English Mental Health Trust and every Welsh Health Board, we now also have data from every Health and Social Care Trust in Northern Ireland, along with representation from Scotland and the Channel Islands. This large number of participants provides the critical mass needed to provide robust and comprehensive data about the state of mental health services. The report examines activity from the 2018/19 financial year, supplemented by a number of year-end stocktake positions (for example staff in post on 31st March 2019).
2018/19 marks the eighth consecutive year of benchmarking data collection on adult and older adult mental health services. Building on last year's report, this document offers expanded time series trend analysis on every metric, and allows participants to explore the direction of travel for both inpatient and community services. It also includes a bespoke dashboard showing your organisation's positions on key metrics, in a one page summary.
The benchmarking process has been member driven from its inception, and we would like to acknowledge the contribution made both by member organisations and by the Mental Health Reference Group who continue to shape and champion the mental health benchmarking process.
This is a final report, with validated positions. It forms part of a suite of outputs including:
- Bespoke reports featuring registered population analysis for all participants
- Bespoke reports featuring weighted population analysis for English participants, using the NHS England PRAMH weighting formula which is used in CCG baseline allocations
- A comprehensive, interactive mental health toolkit which provides over 10,000 comparisons and allows all participants the opportunity to drill down into particular areas of interest
Detailed findings will be presented at this year's mental health benchmarking conference which will take place in London on 16th October 2019.
Julian Emms Stephen WatkinsChief Executive DirectorBerkshire Healthcare NHS Foundation Trust NHS Benchmarking Networkand Chair, NHSBN Mental Health Reference Group
Page 8
Reference Group
We would like to thank members of the Mental Health Reference Group who helped shape this year's collection and provided interpretation on findings.
Adrian Clarke NHS WalesAndy Blaxill Hertfordshire Partnership NHS Foundation TrustAnna Foster Northumberland, Tyne and Wear NHS Foundation TrustAnne Thompson Lancashire Care NHS Foundation TrustArokia Antonysamy The Priory GroupBabs Dhillon West London NHS TrustBelinda Iringe-Koko Central and North West London NHS Foundation TrustCatherine Magee Berkshire Healthcare NHS Foundation TrustCheryl Adams North Staffordshire Combined Healthcare NHS TrustChris Lanigan Tees Esk and Wear Valleys NHS Foundation TrustChris Woon 2gether NHS Foundation TrustDawn Painter NHS WalesDonna Hanson Greater Manchester Mental Health NHS Foundation TrustElaine Eannetta Black Country Partnership NHS Foundation TrustJames Thackray Hertfordshire Partnership NHS Foundation TrustJanet McDonald Mersey Care NHS Foundation TrustJason Rowlands Sheffield Health & Social Care NHS Foundation TrustJayne Flynn Coventry and Warwickshire Partnership NHS TrustJoanna Wood Midlands Partnership NHS Foundation TrustJulian Emms Berkshire Healthcare NHS Foundation TrustKeeley Twigg NHS WalesKevin Wilkinson Greater Manchester Mental Health NHS Foundation TrustLea Marsden Betsi Cadwaladr University Health BoardLee Cornell Somerset Partnership NHS Foundation TrustLeon Leroux Lancashire Care NHS Foundation TrustLindsey White Dorset Healthcare University NHS Foundation TrustLyn Sansom 2gether NHS Foundation TrustMandip Bal Black Country Partnership NHS Foundation TrustMark Polczyk-Przybyla South London and Maudsley NHS Foundation TrustMichael Harradine Pennine Care NHS Foundation TrustMike Garnham South West Yorkshire Partnership NHS Foundation TrustMiranda Washington Greater Manchester Mental Health NHS Foundation TrustMohit Venkataram East London NHS Foundation TrustPhilip Horner Lancashire Care NHS Foundation TrustPuneet Kaura Mersey Care NHS Foundation TrustRichard Morris Public Health WalesRony Arafin Devon Partnership NHS TrustSally Wilson Hertfordshire Partnership NHS Foundation TrustSarah Meakin Black Country Partnership NHS Foundation TrustSarah Smith Tees Esk and Wear Valleys NHS Foundation TrustShane Mills NHS WalesToby Rickard Avon and Wiltshire Mental Health Partnership NHS TrustTracy White Central and North West London NHS Foundation Trust
Page 9
Participants
This year, participants include 100% of English Mental Health Trusts, 100% of Welsh University Health Boards, 100% of Northern Ireland Trusts and representation from Scotland, the Channel Islands and the Independent Sector.
Participant organisations for 2019 are as follows:
England
2gether NHS Foundation TrustAvon and Wiltshire Mental Health Partnership NHS TrustBarnet, Enfield and Haringey Mental Health TrustBerkshire Healthcare NHS Foundation TrustBirmingham and Solihull Mental Health NHS Foundation TrustBlack Country Partnership NHS Foundation TrustBradford District Care NHS Foundation TrustCambridgeshire and Peterborough NHS Foundation TrustCamden and Islington NHS Foundation TrustCentral and North West London NHS Foundation TrustCheshire & Wirral Partnership NHS Foundation TrustCornwall Partnership NHS Foundation TrustCoventry & Warwickshire NHS Partnership TrustCumbria Partnership NHS Foundation TrustDerbyshire Healthcare NHS Foundation TrustDevon Partnership NHS TrustDorset HealthCare University NHS Foundation TrustDudley & Walsall Mental Health Partnership NHS TrustEast London NHS Foundation TrustEssex Partnership University NHS Foundation TrustGreater Manchester Mental Health NHS Foundation TrustHertfordshire Partnership University NHS Foundation TrustHumber Teaching NHS Foundation TrustIsle of Wight NHS TrustKent and Medway NHS and Social Care Partnership TrustLancashire Care NHS Foundation TrustLeeds and York Partnership NHS Foundation Trust Leicestershire Partnership NHS TrustLincolnshire Partnership NHS Foundation TrustMersey Care NHS Foundation Trust Midlands Partnership NHS Foundation TrustNorfolk and Suffolk NHS Foundation TrustNorth East London NHS Foundation TrustNorth Staffordshire Combined Healthcare NHS TrustNorthamptonshire Healthcare NHS Foundation Trust
Northumberland, Tyne & Wear NHS Foundation TrustNorth West Boroughs Healthcare NHS Foundation TrustNottinghamshire Healthcare NHS Foundation TrustOxford Health NHS Foundation TrustOxleas NHS Foundation TrustPennine Care NHS Foundation TrustRotherham, Doncaster and South Humber NHS Foundation TrustSheffield Health and Social Care NHS Foundation TrustSolent NHS Trust Somerset Partnership NHS Foundation TrustSouth London and Maudsley NHS Foundation TrustSouth West London & St George's Mental Health NHS TrustSouth West Yorkshire Partnership NHS Foundation TrustSouthern Health NHS Foundation TrustSurrey and Borders Partnership NHS Foundation TrustSussex Partnership NHS Foundation Trust Tees, Esk and Wear Valleys NHS Foundation TrustWest London NHS TrustWorcestershire Health and Care NHS Trust
WalesAneurin Bevan University Health BoardBetsi Cadwaladr University Health BoardCardiff & Vale University Health BoardCwm Taf Morgannwg University Health BoardHywel Dda University Health BoardPowys Teaching Health BoardSwansea Bay University Health Board
ScotlandNHS Greater Glasgow and Clyde
Northern IrelandBelfast Health and Social Care TrustNorthern Health and Social Care TrustSouth Eastern Health and Social Care TrustSouthern Health and Social Care TrustWestern Health and Social Care Trust
Channel IslandsStates of Jersey
OtherCygnet Health CareLivewell SouthwestSt Andrew's Healthcare
Page 10
Northumberland, Tyne & Wear NHS Foundation TrustNorth West Boroughs Healthcare NHS Foundation TrustNottinghamshire Healthcare NHS Foundation TrustOxford Health NHS Foundation TrustOxleas NHS Foundation TrustPennine Care NHS Foundation TrustRotherham, Doncaster and South Humber NHS Foundation TrustSheffield Health and Social Care NHS Foundation TrustSolent NHS Trust Somerset Partnership NHS Foundation TrustSouth London and Maudsley NHS Foundation TrustSouth West London & St George's Mental Health NHS TrustSouth West Yorkshire Partnership NHS Foundation TrustSouthern Health NHS Foundation TrustSurrey and Borders Partnership NHS Foundation TrustSussex Partnership NHS Foundation Trust Tees, Esk and Wear Valleys NHS Foundation TrustWest London NHS TrustWorcestershire Health and Care NHS Trust
WalesAneurin Bevan University Health BoardBetsi Cadwaladr University Health BoardCardiff & Vale University Health BoardCwm Taf Morgannwg University Health BoardHywel Dda University Health BoardPowys Teaching Health BoardSwansea Bay University Health Board
ScotlandNHS Greater Glasgow and Clyde
Northern IrelandBelfast Health and Social Care TrustNorthern Health and Social Care TrustSouth Eastern Health and Social Care TrustSouthern Health and Social Care TrustWestern Health and Social Care Trust
Channel IslandsStates of Jersey
OtherCygnet Health CareLivewell SouthwestSt Andrew's Healthcare
Page 11
Terms of reference
The terms of reference for the project have been developed by the Mental Health Benchmarking Reference Group. They reflect the project’s overall objectives and are reviewed by the reference group on an on-going basis.
The terms of reference for the Mental Health benchmarking project are:
- To develop a specification for benchmarking mental health services - To support members in collecting consistent data - To process data and produce comparisons for member organisations - To validate data and ensure comparisons are robust - To produce detailed analysis reports for members - To support a desktop benchmarking toolkit and other reporting formats for members - To develop conclusions on the results of mental health benchmarking - To help identify and share good practice amongst member organisations - To support on-going improvements within the mental health sector - To facilitate networking and communications amongst member organisations
Wider objectives of contributing to continuous service improvement are taken forward by the NHS Benchmarking Network through the knowledge exchange and networking services provided by the Network.
Mental health is an important aspect of the NHS Benchmarking Network’s wider work programme and will continue as an on-going area of project work in future years. The commitment to enhance and develop the Network’s mental health workstream in upcoming years provides an excellent platform for future service provision to members and engagement with the wider mental health community.
Members should also note that additional products are available to mental health providers that support further analysis on other aspects of services offered by many mental health providers. Examples include CAMHS benchmarking and a range of bespoke projects undertaken with members, including a national stocktake of specialist Perinatal mental health services, recent work on the size and scope of Community Mental Health Services, surveys of the CAMHS and IAPT workforce and a detailed work programme to explore secure mental health services.
Further projects of interest to mental health provider organisations include projects on learning disabilities, community physical healthcare services and pharmacy, which contain elements of relevance to many Trusts and Health Boards. All of these products can be accessed from the NHS Benchmarking Network's website.
www.nhsbenchmarking.nhs.uk
Page 12
Adult Acute
MH07 Mean Median
Adult acute length of stay excluding leave
100%
34.0
101%104%
141 232
31.6
205
... 16% 14%
2%
32.3
Adult acute bed occupancy excluding leave97% 93% 95%
National trend
Adult acute beds per 100,000 registered
population20.6 19.612.3
Adult acute bed occupancy including leave
Adult acute admissions per 100,000 registered
population
Adult acute admissions - patients not previously
known to services
Adult acute delayed transfers of care
Adult acute emergency readmissions9%
Adult acute admissions - patients of no fixed
abode
Adult acute length of stay including leave
Adult acute admissions under the Mental Health
Act
Adult acute admissions under the Mental Health
Act per 100,000 registered population
Adult acute length of stay for Mental Health Act
detentions
2%1%
40% 40%
44.7 45.0
8%
36 34.8 36
111.3 83.6 85.0
2% 5% 4%
4%
34
79%
Trends for adult acute beds in recent years have seen a fluctuation in length of stay but a sustained reduction in bed numbers since the project's inception in 2012. This bed reduction has now stabilised with a benchmark position of 19 beds per 100,000 population evident for the 5th consecutive year.
A positive finding is the fall in emergency readmission rates, to the lowest rate reported in this project in eight years of data collection. Length of stay has increased marginally this year, but remains within the range maintained over the last 8 years.
Page 13
Adult Acute beds
2322.6
20
1919.7
19.2 19.219.6
32
30
32.4 32.3
33.4
31.0 31.3 31.6
3.5 3.8 4.1 4.43.7
5.6
4.2 4.1
10
9 8.89.2
8.48.8
9.3
8.1
2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Adult Acute Trends2012-2019
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
Length of stay - days
Beds per 100,000 population
Emergency readmissions %
DTOC %
Trends for adult acute beds in recent years have seen a fluctuation in length of stay but a sustained reduction in bed numbers since the project's inception in 2012. This bed reduction has now stabilised with a benchmark position of 19 beds per 100,000 population evident for the 5th consecutive year.
A positive finding is the fall in emergency readmission rates, to the lowest rate reported in this project in eight years of data collection. Length of stay has increased marginally this year, but remains within the range maintained over the last 8 years.
Page 14
MH07: 12.3
Mean: 20.6
Median: 19.6
Upper Q: 23.6
Lower Q: 17.0
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 1
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
MH
74M
H11
MH
94M
H68
MH
16M
H85
MH
37M
H26
MH
18M
H09
MH
53M
H42
MH
84M
H35
MH
29M
H23
MH
95M
H69
MH
52M
H70
MH
34M
H01
MH
56M
H67
MH
39M
H43
MH
41M
H38
MH
58M
H12
MH
10M
H55
MH
66M
H83
MH
40M
H57
MH
44M
H36
MH
61M
H51
MH
93M
H28
MH
32M
H08
MH
19M
H03
MH
54M
H60
MH
22M
H72
MH
59M
H06
MH
24M
H92
MH
15M
H05
MH
71M
H25
MH
63M
H27
MH
65M
H02
MH
20M
H17
MH
33M
H45
MH
21M
H07
MH
04M
H50
MH
64
Adult acute beds per 100,000 registered population
The largest bed type for most providers is their adult acute bed stock. These beds form part of the core service offer from NHS Trusts and Health Boards, and are predominantly designed to serve a working age (16 - 64) cohort. Older adult acute beds provide a similar function for older people (age 65 and over) and these are discussed in the next section.
Adult acute beds support service users with a broad range of mental health conditions. This is in contrast to specialist beds which may support a specific cohort of patients, for example those with eating disorders or people on a forensic / criminal justice pathway. These specialist beds are profiled later in the report.
In recent years, providers have reported a reduction in adult acute bed numbers although this has now stabilised. In 2011/12, there were 23 adult acute beds per 100,000 population age 16-64. This year, participants reported an average position of 19.6 beds, consistent with the levels reported over the last 6 years.
The table below highlights your position compared to local and national peers. The map on the following page shows the geographical distribution of adult acute beds. Both use a stocktake position of beds in the system on 31st March 2019. Regional variations are evident in the data.
Page 15
Adult Acute beds per 100,000 registered population
11 37
© NHS Benchmarking Network 2019
Greater London
Channel Islands
Page 16
Adule Acute Bed Occupancy
MH07: 97.4%
Mean: 92.7%
Median: 94.9%
Upper Q: 97.7%
Lower Q: 88.2%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 2
MH07: 104.1%
Mean: 101.1%
Median: 100.0%
Upper Q: 107.5%
Lower Q: 96.0%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 3
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
MH
44M
H27
MH
61M
H67
MH
59M
H51
MH
70M
H83
MH
72M
H11
MH
26M
H39
MH
71M
H21
MH
64M
H33
MH
05M
H74
MH
07M
H50
MH
03M
H10
MH
57M
H54
MH
36M
H38
MH
41M
H20
MH
22M
H23
MH
37M
H35
MH
65M
H04
MH
32M
H18
MH
08M
H24
MH
92M
H25
MH
42M
H29
MH
84M
H01
MH
19M
H09
MH
45M
H40
MH
12M
H58
MH
94M
H02
MH
95M
H15
MH
34M
H93
MH
56M
H43
MH
63M
H52
MH
28M
H53
MH
66M
H55
MH
60M
H06
Adult acute bed occupancy excluding leave
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
120%
140%
MH
71M
H59
MH
20M
H51
MH
33M
H01
MH
61M
H70
MH
11M
H54
MH
10M
H65
MH
50M
H23
MH
26M
H22
MH
36M
H27
MH
64M
H72
MH
19M
H94
MH
07M
H21
MH
67M
H52
MH
58M
H39
MH
32M
H03
MH
56M
H12
MH
37M
H18
MH
44M
H40
MH
38M
H35
MH
24M
H57
MH
83M
H04
MH
92M
H74
MH
41M
H84
MH
05M
H43
MH
09M
H29
MH
85M
H45
MH
08M
H16
MH
53M
H34
MH
15M
H95
MH
02M
H68
MH
66M
H93
MH
25M
H42
MH
28M
H55
MH
69M
H63
MH
60M
H06
Adult acute bed occupancy including leave
Bed occupancy figures show the number of days in a year that beds were occupied, as a proportion of all available beds. This allows services flexibility where beds were temporarily open or closed for portions of the year. Bed occupancy excluding leave cannot exceed 100%. However, when leave days are included, the figure can rise above this as an inpatient bed may be re-allocated while a patient has a period of leave.
Participants have reported bed occupancy increasing in recent years, from 91% in 2011/12. This year's median average position is 94.9% and 100% when leave is included.
Page 17
Adult Acute Admissions
MH07: 140.6
Mean: 231.9
Median: 204.7
Upper Q: 279.5
Lower Q: 166.8
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 4
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
MH
85M
H94
MH
60M
H58
MH
67M
H55
MH
42M
H83
MH
35M
H18
MH
16M
H74
MH
69M
H06
MH
11M
H19
MH
45M
H26
MH
34M
H95
MH
84M
H59
MH
37M
H53
MH
23M
H12
MH
01M
H68
MH
08M
H09
MH
03M
H61
MH
52M
H38
MH
25M
H70
MH
44M
H93
MH
22M
H39
MH
15M
H63
MH
29M
H43
MH
21M
H41
MH
51M
H66
MH
56M
H54
MH
72M
H71
MH
10M
H24
MH
32M
H65
MH
04M
H28
MH
07M
H50
MH
40M
H27
MH
20M
H57
MH
05M
H92
MH
36M
H02
MH
33M
H17
MH
64Adult acute admissions per 100,000 registered population
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
0%
1%
2%
3%
4%
5%
6%
7%
Admission rates triangulate with bed numbers and length of stay to give an overall picture of an inpatient service. This year's median average position of 204.7 admission per 100,000 population compares to 213 in 2016/17 and 212 in 2017/18.
Admissions are also profiled by patients not previously known to services. In this context, this means admissions for anyone who has not been admitted to a Trust mental health bed before, and has not been on a community mental health team caseload. This year, admissions for this cohort accounted for 14.0% of all patients admitted.
Rates of admissions for patients of no fixed abode remain steady, but the chart highlights the regional variation seen on this metric, suggesting particular challenges in certain areas.
Page 18
MH07: ...
Mean: 16.3%
Median: 14.0%
Upper Q: 21.8%
Lower Q: 7.3%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 5
MH07: 1.1%
Mean: 2.3%
Median: 1.9%
Upper Q: 3.1%
Lower Q: 1.1%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 6
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
MH
06
MH
17
MH
24
MH
95
MH
94
MH
45
MH
74
MH
93
MH
63
MH
18
MH
43
MH
53
MH
11
MH
65
MH
23
MH
44
MH
03
MH
92
MH
05
MH
27
MH
37
MH
33
MH
26
MH
69
MH
22
MH
04
MH
52
MH
58
MH
61
MH
72
MH
35
MH
41
MH
10
MH
59
MH
51
MH
25
MH
57
MH
21
MH
38
MH
28
MH
56
MH
16
MH
08
MH
36M
H0
2M
H1
9M
H1
5M
H2
0M
H4
2
Adult acute admissions - patients not previously known to services (as a % of all patients admitted)
0%
1%
2%
3%
4%
5%
6%
7%
MH
11M
H19
MH
21M
H74
MH
23M
H27
MH
44M
H68
MH
12M
H38
MH
61M
H71
MH
41M
H53
MH
72M
H45
MH
22M
H94
MH
28M
H10
MH
24M
H59
MH
92M
H33
MH
65M
H43
MH
02M
H32
MH
70M
H56
MH
03M
H67
MH
17M
H95
MH
66M
H83
MH
25M
H54
MH
35M
H40
MH
51M
H37
MH
20M
H69
MH
84M
H07
MH
93M
H18
MH
58M
H57
MH
06M
H26
MH
39M
H05
MH
42M
H01
MH
08M
H15
MH
04M
H16
MH
63
Adult acute admissions - patients of no fixed abode (as a % of all patients admitted)
Page 19
Adult Acute Length of Stay
MH07: 34.0
Mean: 31.6
Median: 32.3
Upper Q: 39.0
Lower Q: 24.7
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 7
MH07: 36.0
Mean: 34.8
Median: 36.0
Upper Q: 42.0
Lower Q: 26.0
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 8
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
MH
40M
H17
MH
19M
H36
MH
05M
H10
MH
27M
H57
MH
41M
H33
MH
74M
H56
MH
11M
H29
MH
54M
H70
MH
51M
H37
MH
39M
H02
MH
24M
H92
MH
04M
H23
MH
26M
H43
MH
28M
H07
MH
20M
H44
MH
22M
H52
MH
72M
H38
MH
95M
H32
MH
16M
H84
MH
65M
H71
MH
53M
H34
MH
93M
H61
MH
59M
H15
MH
35M
H69
MH
03M
H42
MH
01M
H18
MH
21M
H25
MH
94M
H09
MH
67M
H63
MH
06M
H58
MH
60M
H45
MH
55M
H66
Adult acute length of stay excluding leave
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
MH
17M
H40
MH
19M
H36
MH
68M
H10
MH
56M
H11
MH
33M
H38
MH
54M
H70
MH
51M
H29
MH
37M
H27
MH
05M
H57
MH
41M
H23
MH
74M
H12
MH
52M
H39
MH
02M
H43
MH
20M
H64
MH
28M
H24
MH
26M
H04
MH
71M
H07
MH
22M
H32
MH
95M
H65
MH
44M
H72
MH
50M
H53
MH
84M
H59
MH
34M
H94
MH
15M
H69
MH
93M
H61
MH
35M
H09
MH
03M
H21
MH
08M
H18
MH
42M
H06
MH
83M
H01
MH
25M
H66
MH
67M
H63
MH
58M
H60
MH
55M
H45
MH
85
Adult acute length of stay including leave
Length of stay for adult acute beds sees variation on both a year to year basis and within year across different participants. However, over the last 8 years, national average positions have remained within the range 30 to 33 days. This year's position is 31.6 days excluding leave. When leave days are included, this rises to 34.8 days.
The following page shows the regional variation on this metric.
Adult acute mean length of stay (excluding leave)
9 55
© NHS Benchmarking Network 2019
Greater London
Channel Islands
Page 20
Length of stay
0 - 3 days
4 - 13 days
14 - 59 days
60 days or longer
60 - 89 days
90 days or longer
In addition to average length of stay across all admissions, it can be useful to consider the profile of patients in an individual provider. The table below shows national average positions for length of stay, broken down by time period.
The charts on the following page show individual participant positions on the proportion of patients with very short (0
Adult acute mean length of stay (excluding leave)
9 55
© NHS Benchmarking Network 2019
Greater London
Channel Islands
Page 21
Length of stay 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19
0 - 3 days 16% 16% 15%
4 - 13 days 31% 31% 30%
14 - 59 days 38% 39% 40%
60 days or longer 15% 14% x
60 - 89 days x x 7%
90 days or longer x x 8%
National trend
10%
15%
20%
25%
30%
35%
40%
45%
10%
12%
14%
16%
In addition to average length of stay across all admissions, it can be useful to consider the profile of patients in an individual provider. The table below shows national average positions for length of stay, broken down by time period.
The charts on the following page show individual participant positions on the proportion of patients with very short (0 - 3 days) and very long (90 days or over) stays.
Page 22
MH07: 6.8%
Mean: 15.2%
Median: 13.2%
Upper Q: 17.8%
Lower Q: 9.7%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 9
MH07: 5.3%
Mean: 7.9%
Median: 8.0%
Upper Q: 9.9%
Lower Q: 5.4%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 10
0%
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
30%
35%
40%
45%
MH
06
MH
58
MH
01
MH
45
MH
61
MH
71
MH
19M
H6
0M
H5
9M
H6
3M
H6
7M
H42
MH
21
MH
94
MH
25
MH
03
MH
15M
H6
9M
H2
4M
H7
2M
H1
8M
H35
MH
74
MH
93
MH
51
MH
34
MH
16M
H0
8M
H1
7M
H2
6M
H5
2M
H12
MH
22
MH
27
MH
95
MH
23
MH
02M
H5
7M
H2
8M
H3
7M
H8
4M
H32
MH
11
MH
38
MH
43
MH
04
MH
44M
H6
4M
H5
3M
H1
0M
H0
5M
H36
MH
65
MH
56
MH
54
MH
70
MH
39M
H3
3M
H0
7M
H4
1M
H9
2M
H40
MH
20
MH
29
MH
09
Proportion of patients discharged with length of stay 0-3 days
0%
2%
4%
6%
8%
10%
12%
14%
16%
MH
40M
H20
MH
36M
H17
MH
51M
H41
MH
92M
H57
MH
32M
H39
MH
33M
H74
MH
10M
H27
MH
64M
H18
MH
23M
H11
MH
12M
H29
MH
26M
H54
MH
24M
H71
MH
37M
H56
MH
70M
H28
MH
05M
H22
MH
72M
H53
MH
38M
H52
MH
95M
H43
MH
65M
H16
MH
61M
H59
MH
09M
H04
MH
84M
H34
MH
03M
H35
MH
58M
H15
MH
01M
H07
MH
21M
H02
MH
42M
H44
MH
93M
H25
MH
94M
H19
MH
63M
H06
MH
69M
H08
MH
67M
H60
MH
45
Proportion of patients discharged with length of stay 90 days or longer
Page 23
Occupied Bed Days
MH07 Mean Median
Proportion of OBDs (excluding leave) for patients
discharged with length of stay 60-89 days 19% 14% 14% Not available
Proportion of OBDs (excluding leave) for patients
discharged with length of stay 90 days or longer 29% 37% 38% Not available
Proportion of OBDs (excluding leave) for patients
discharged with length of stay 4-13 days 6% 10% 9% Not available
Proportion of OBDs (excluding leave) for patients
discharged with length of stay 14-59 days 45% 37% 37% Not available
National trend
Proportion of OBDs (excluding leave) for patients
discharged with length of stay 0-3 days 0% 2% 1% Not available
Participants reported the proportion of their OBDs in adult acute beds that could be attributed to patients with different lengths of stay. Individual positions can be explored further in the Mental Health Benchmarking Toolkit. The chart below illustrates the comparison between proportion of patients in each length of stay band and the proportion of OBDs each cohort occupied. This shows that although 15% of patients are discharged within 0-3 days, they only occupy 1% of bed days. At the other end of the scale, only 8% of patients stay 90 days or longer in adult acute beds, but this group occupy 41% of all bed days on these wards. Patients that stay 60 days or more account for 14% of admissions but 55% of bed days.
15%
31%
40%
6% 8%
1%
8%
36%
14%
41%
0-3
day
s
4-1
3 d
ays
14 -
59
day
s
60 -
89
day
s
90 d
ays
or
lon
ger
Discharges by LOS and OBD profile
Patients discharged
OBDs
Page 24
Mental Health Act
MH07: 79.1%
Mean: 40.2%
Median: 39.9%
Upper Q: 51.8%
Lower Q: 29.6%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 11
MH07: 111.3
Mean: 83.6
Median: 85.0
Upper Q: 100.5
Lower Q: 55.8
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 12
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
MH
07M
H33
MH
17M
H11
MH
36M
H09
MH
29M
H22
MH
44M
H43
MH
65M
H28
MH
10M
H92
MH
52M
H05
MH
41M
H57
MH
32M
H40
MH
56M
H20
MH
39M
H12
MH
24M
H23
MH
25M
H27
MH
38M
H94
MH
03M
H64
MH
02M
H68
MH
19M
H01
MH
37M
H18
MH
08M
H74
MH
51M
H50
MH
53M
H06
MH
45M
H60
MH
63M
H26
MH
93M
H69
MH
42M
H15
MH
95M
H35
MH
54M
H21
MH
71M
H61
MH
72M
H84
MH
04M
H59
MH
70M
H67
MH
83M
H55
MH
58M
H66
Adult acute admissions under the Mental Health Act
0
50
100
150
200
250
MH
94M
H11
MH
09M
H60
MH
44M
H22
MH
23M
H29
MH
12M
H52
MH
18M
H43
MH
19M
H07
MH
74M
H42
MH
37M
H35
MH
06M
H41
MH
01M
H45
MH
68M
H10
MH
39M
H25
MH
53M
H33
MH
69M
H03
MH
65M
H38
MH
26M
H56
MH
28M
H08
MH
36M
H32
MH
95M
H24
MH
92M
H05
MH
57M
H40
MH
17M
H20
MH
51M
H93
MH
63M
H27
MH
15M
H02
MH
84M
H67
MH
21M
H50
MH
59M
H54
MH
71M
H61
MH
55M
H64
MH
83M
H58
MH
72M
H04
MH
70M
H66
Adult acute admissions under the Mental Health Act per 100,000 registered population
100
120
Analysis of use of the Mental Health Act shows that 40.2% of admissions to adult acute beds in 2018/19 were for patients who were detained at the point of their admission. In addition to this, some patients are admitted on a voluntary basis but then subject to detention during their episode of care.
It is also useful to consider background detention rates relative to population size, as these are less influenced by bed numbers and admission rates. In 2018/19 there were 83.6 admissions to adult acute beds under the Mental Health Act per 100,000 population age 16-64. Some regional variation is evident in this data although other determinants are evident including access to community care, and clinical practice.
Page 25
MH07: 34.0
Mean: 44.7
Median: 45.0
Upper Q: 51.1
Lower Q: 36.2
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 13
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
MH
17M
H70
MH
59M
H26
MH
54M
H38
MH
19M
H11
MH
10M
H23
MH
51M
H36
MH
74M
H37
MH
24M
H56
MH
05M
H57
MH
52M
H27
MH
61M
H28
MH
68M
H29
MH
15M
H95
MH
02M
H39
MH
72M
H20
MH
84M
H22
MH
04M
H92
MH
53M
H33
MH
43M
H65
MH
42M
H35
MH
94M
H32
MH
71M
H06
MH
44M
H18
MH
93M
H25
MH
07M
H08
MH
03M
H21
MH
66M
H01
MH
41M
H69
MH
60M
H09
MH
63M
H55
MH
45
Adult acute mean length of stay for Mental Health Act detentions
Adult Acute admissions under the Mental Health Act per 100,000 registered population
8 187
© NHS Benchmarking Network 2019
Greater London
Channel Islands
Page 26
Adult Acute Delayed Transfers of Care
MH07: 2.0%
Mean: 4.9%
Median: 4.1%
Upper Q: 7.0%
Lower Q: 2.0%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 14
0%
2%
4%
6%
8%
10%
12%
14%
16%
MH
39M
H21
MH
57M
H05
MH
71M
H43
MH
44M
H06
MH
27M
H67
MH
03M
H25
MH
26M
H72
MH
52M
H20
MH
33M
H37
MH
42M
H64
MH
10M
H53
MH
24M
H60
MH
50M
H59
MH
35M
H04
MH
66M
H83
MH
36M
H28
MH
11M
H18
MH
22M
H15
MH
23M
H38
MH
55M
H40
MH
12M
H92
MH
93M
H07
MH
63M
H74
MH
45M
H19
MH
32M
H95
MH
08M
H34
MH
41M
H29
MH
56M
H94
MH
54M
H65
Adult acute delayed transfers of care
Participants continue to report inconsistencies in the measuring of delays, in particular the point at which a delay is formally acknowledged.
This chart measures delayed transfers of care as a percentage of all occupied bed days. The 2018/19 average of 4.1% can be compared to 4.2% in 2017/18 and 5.6% the year prior to that. The chart shows considerable variation which may be impacted by both clarity and consistency of reporting, and underlying service models and patient flow.
Page 27
Adult Acute Emergency Readmissions
MH07: 3.9%
Mean: 8.8%
Median: 8.1%
Upper Q: 10.9%
Lower Q: 5.9%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 15
0%
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
MH
58M
H55
MH
18M
H59
MH
06M
H60
MH
53M
H34
MH
45M
H71
MH
84M
H04
MH
01M
H16
MH
74M
H61
MH
26M
H37
MH
42M
H51
MH
93M
H21
MH
25M
H19
MH
11M
H35
MH
05M
H28
MH
41M
H56
MH
23M
H67
MH
36M
H94
MH
15M
H92
MH
27M
H38
MH
72M
H33
MH
69M
H52
MH
50M
H54
MH
57M
H20
MH
12M
H02
MH
68M
H08
MH
39M
H22
MH
10M
H03
MH
95M
H24
MH
09M
H64
MH
70M
H65
MH
07M
H43
MH
44M
H63
Adult acute emergency readmissions
"Emergency readmissions" refers to unplanned or unexpected readmission to an adult acute bed of people discharged from an adult acute bed within the last 28 or 30 days (depending on local definitions). The figure is calculated as a percentage of overall admissions. This year, 8.1% of admissions to adult acute beds were emergency readmissions for patients recently discharged. This figure remained between 8.4% and 10% of admissions in the 7 years to 2017/18. The reduction in emergency readmissions is welcomed and marks a significant improvement on previous years.
Page 28
Follow Up Post Discharge
MH07 Mean Median
Not available
Not available
Not available
72% 73%
91% 94%
93% 96%
Percentage of all patients having a first follow-up
appointment within 3 days of discharge from in-
patient care
Percentage of CPA patients having a first follow-
up appointment within 7 days of discharge from
in-patient care
Percentage of all patients having a first follow-up
appointment within 7 days of discharge from in-
patient care
62%
93%
91%
National trend
Percentage of CPA patients having a first follow-
up appointment within 3 days of discharge from
in-patient care56% 73% 72% Not available
Members of the mental health benchmarking reference group requested the inclusion of new metrics concerning follow up appointments for patients discharged from inpatient care.
Categories include patients on CPA and all patients, and follow up within 3 days and 7 days of discharge. The figures suggest that in most circumstances, follow up occurs within 3 days, with only a small proportion of patients first followed up between 4 and 7 days post discharge.
Early follow up post discharge has been identified as a key safety issue by The National Confidential Inquiry into Suicide and Safety in Mental Health. The strong performance on 3-day follow up is welcomed and confirms the commitment of many providers to reducing risks in the post-discharge period.
Participants can explore their individual positions on these metrics further using the NHS Benchmarking Network Mental Health Toolkit.
Page 29
Older Adult
MH07 Mean Median
Older adult delayed transfers of care
National trend
Older adult beds per 100,000 registered
population35.6 42.9 38.6
Older adult bed occupancy including leave94% 90% 92%
Older adult bed occupancy excluding leave90% 86% 88%
Older adult admissions per 100,000 registered
population116 175 160
Older adult length of stay excluding leave68 70.3 72.0
Older adult emergency readmissions2% 3% 3%
Older adult length of stay including leave72 76 76
8% 7%21%
Older adult bed numbers have stabilised in 2018/19 with the smallest reduction in capacity since the benchmarking project began. Average length of stay has also reduced, as have DTOCs. Readmissions also remain lower than in working age adult services. The findings from the older adult inpatient sector should be read alongside the data from community based care which are described later in the report.
Key metrics for older adult inpatient care also tell a story of effective management of capacity at a time of system pressure. Inpatient bed capacity has reduced marginally in the last year but this has been delivered alongside reductions in average length of stay.
Page 30
6260
50
47
44.042.8
38.9 38.6
70
67
72 7274.0
76.074.3
70.3
67
8 8.19.5
12.2
10.1
7.3
54 3.7
2.8 2.5 3.2 3.1 3.0
6260
50
47
44.042.8
38.9 38.6
70
67
72 7274.0
76.074.3
70.3
67
8 8.19.5
12.2
10.1
7.3
54 3.7
2.8 2.5 3.2 3.1 3.0
2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Older Adult Trends2012-2019
Length of stay - days
Beds per 100,000 population
Emergency readmissions %
DTOC %
Older adult bed numbers have stabilised in 2018/19 with the smallest reduction in capacity since the benchmarking project began. Average length of stay has also reduced, as have DTOCs. Readmissions also remain lower than in working age adult services. The findings from the older adult inpatient sector should be read alongside the data from community based care which are described later in the report.
Page 31
Older Adult Beds
MH07: 35.6
Mean: 42.9
Median: 38.6
Upper Q: 51.7
Lower Q: 32.2
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 16
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
MH
69M
H16
MH
51M
H71
MH
83M
H45
MH
68M
H34
MH
57M
H01
MH
94M
H74
MH
53M
H72
MH
11M
H55
MH
28M
H60
MH
37M
H26
MH
43M
H29
MH
58M
H36
MH
23M
H24
MH
93M
H66
MH
35M
H20
MH
67M
H08
MH
59M
H95
MH
09M
H32
MH
54M
H65
MH
05M
H92
MH
61M
H04
MH
39M
H07
MH
03M
H10
MH
18M
H63
MH
42M
H52
MH
21M
H64
MH
56M
H41
MH
40M
H02
MH
33M
H50
MH
27M
H84
MH
25M
H22
MH
17M
H19
MH
06M
H15
MH
44M
H38
MH
70M
H12
Older adult beds per 100,000 registered population
Older adult beds have shown a marginal decline, though rates relative to population size are still much larger than for adult acute. There were 38.6 older adult beds per 100,000 population age 65 and older, compared to 19.6 adult acute beds per 100,000 population age 16 to 64.
Page 32
Older Adult Bed Occupancy
MH07: 90.0%
Mean: 86.0%
Median: 88.2%
Upper Q: 92.2%
Lower Q: 82.5%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 17
MH07: 93.9%
Mean: 90.3%
Median: 91.9%
Upper Q: 96.5%
Lower Q: 85.7%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 18
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
MH
67M
H03
MH
74M
H51
MH
27M
H02
MH
92M
H10
MH
41M
H95
MH
59M
H24
MH
44M
H54
MH
09M
H57
MH
19M
H26
MH
42M
H25
MH
64M
H05
MH
11M
H43
MH
07M
H61
MH
60M
H40
MH
50M
H39
MH
04M
H32
MH
38M
H84
MH
23M
H45
MH
36M
H15
MH
22M
H01
MH
93M
H06
MH
37M
H08
MH
83M
H35
MH
65M
H29
MH
18M
H20
MH
63M
H70
MH
12M
H72
MH
52M
H21
MH
94M
H53
MH
56M
H34
MH
58M
H33
MH
71M
H28
MH
66M
H55
Older adult bed occupancy excluding leave
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
120%
MH
61M
H02
MH
10M
H67
MH
03M
H54
MH
45M
H92
MH
09M
H36
MH
74M
H40
MH
43M
H24
MH
84M
H51
MH
27M
H26
MH
19M
H59
MH
44M
H41
MH
64M
H32
MH
11M
H95
MH
07M
H39
MH
57M
H50
MH
42M
H25
MH
15M
H04
MH
22M
H60
MH
23M
H05
MH
18M
H70
MH
06M
H38
MH
93M
H08
MH
65M
H94
MH
12M
H69
MH
35M
H20
MH
37M
H52
MH
29M
H53
MH
01M
H63
MH
83M
H72
MH
34M
H16
MH
56M
H68
MH
21M
H33
MH
58M
H71
MH
28M
H66
MH
55
Older adult bed occupancy including leave
Bed occupancy for older adult beds should be seen in the context of higher rates of bed provision compared to adult acute services. In 2018/19, participants reported bed occupancy of 88.2% excluding leave in older adult services. This is notably below the figure of 94.9% reported in adult acute beds.
The 88.2% position reported in old age services is the highest reported in the 8 year history of the benchmarking project, confirming ongoing increases in capacity utilisation.
Page 33
Older Adult Admissions
MH07: 116.2
Mean: 175.2
Median: 159.8
Upper Q: 209.5
Lower Q: 124.4
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 19
050
100150200250300350400450500
MH
69M
H16
MH
71M
H45
MH
60M
H83
MH
94M
H11
MH
26M
H93
MH
51M
H43
MH
55M
H67
MH
58M
H66
MH
03M
H24
MH
34M
H61
MH
57M
H36
MH
59M
H53
MH
72M
H01
MH
35M
H08
MH
29M
H54
MH
74M
H37
MH
39M
H65
MH
20M
H84
MH
04M
H63
MH
18M
H95
MH
28M
H09
MH
32M
H10
MH
19M
H68
MH
42M
H23
MH
50M
H02
MH
64M
H27
MH
56M
H21
MH
07M
H40
MH
44M
H22
MH
52M
H92
MH
33M
H25
MH
17M
H41
MH
06M
H15
MH
05M
H70
MH
38M
H12
Older adult admissions per 100,000 registered population
Older adult admission rates reflect both diminishing bed availability and higher length of stay in the old age sector. This year's median position of 159.8 per 100,000 population compares to 159 in 2017/18 and 161 in 2016/17. This suggests a broad equilibrium in admission rates enabled by increases in bed occupancy and reductions in length of stay and bed numbers.
Page 34
Older Adult Length of Stay
MH07: 68.0
Mean: 70.3
Median: 72.0
Upper Q: 84.0
Lower Q: 57.5
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 20
MH07: 72.0
Mean: 75.9
Median: 76.0
Upper Q: 89.0
Lower Q: 62.0
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 21
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
MH
23M
H57
MH
40M
H41
MH
74M
H05
MH
52M
H38
MH
17M
H10
MH
20M
H29
MH
34M
H02
MH
37M
H28
MH
01M
H70
MH
69M
H25
MH
72M
H92
MH
95M
H42
MH
33M
H65
MH
04M
H54
MH
26M
H59
MH
16M
H35
MH
56M
H53
MH
43M
H58
MH
07M
H15
MH
39M
H36
MH
24M
H22
MH
06M
H67
MH
63M
H11
MH
27M
H84
MH
94M
H21
MH
61M
H19
MH
03M
H32
MH
71M
H18
MH
60M
H55
MH
44M
H45
MH
93M
H09
MH
66
Older adult length of stay excluding leave
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
MH
12M
H51
MH
23M
H57
MH
40M
H52
MH
68M
H74
MH
41M
H05
MH
34M
H17
MH
70M
H69
MH
10M
H20
MH
02M
H28
MH
29M
H64
MH
37M
H33
MH
72M
H92
MH
95M
H25
MH
65M
H54
MH
01M
H42
MH
38M
H26
MH
36M
H56
MH
04M
H35
MH
53M
H59
MH
43M
H39
MH
07M
H58
MH
15M
H08
MH
24M
H22
MH
50M
H06
MH
11M
H63
MH
67M
H84
MH
27M
H61
MH
94M
H19
MH
32M
H21
MH
03M
H18
MH
71M
H66
MH
60M
H45
MH
83M
H55
MH
44M
H93
MH
09
Older adult length of stay including leave
Length of stay in older adult beds continues to be more than twice the figure seen in adult acute beds, which service a working age adult cohort. In 2018/19, older adult length of stay was 70.3 days excluding leave, compared to 31.6 days in adult acute beds.
Page 35
Older Adult Delayed Transfers of Care
MH07: 20.7%
Mean: 8.2%
Median: 7.3%
Upper Q: 12.6%
Lower Q: 2.9%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 22
0%
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
30%
35%
MH
44M
H57
MH
07M
H05
MH
59M
H25
MH
21M
H06
MH
39M
H11
MH
33M
H52
MH
64M
H26
MH
20M
H36
MH
54M
H40
MH
71M
H03
MH
15M
H83
MH
10M
H53
MH
67M
H37
MH
60M
H08
MH
23M
H04
MH
50M
H66
MH
42M
H32
MH
72M
H22
MH
43M
H45
MH
94M
H93
MH
55M
H63
MH
92M
H27
MH
18M
H12
MH
24M
H65
MH
35M
H02
MH
56M
H29
MH
28M
H41
MH
38M
H74
MH
34M
H19
MH
95
Older adult delayed transfers of care
Due to the complexity of discharge arrangements for some patients, delays in transfers of care occur much more frequently in older adult services than in services serving working age adults. This metric is calculated using the percentage of all occupied bed days that were attributed to delays. This year's figure of 7.3% for older adult beds compares to 4.1% for adult acute.
Page 36
Older Adult Readmissions
MH07: 1.8%
Mean: 3.5%
Median: 3.0%
Upper Q: 4.7%
Lower Q: 1.7%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 23
0%
2%
4%
6%
8%
10%
12%
MH
01M
H16
MH
84M
H65
MH
61M
H55
MH
93M
H26
MH
52M
H54
MH
05M
H37
MH
18M
H57
MH
39M
H56
MH
58M
H34
MH
67M
H10
MH
19M
H21
MH
74M
H51
MH
35M
H33
MH
59M
H12
MH
36M
H27
MH
72M
H03
MH
50M
H04
MH
15M
H25
MH
38M
H53
MH
02M
H23
MH
06M
H24
MH
07M
H70
MH
28M
H71
MH
43M
H63
MH
94M
H11
MH
20M
H22
MH
69M
H42
MH
64M
H41
MH
08M
H92
MH
44M
H09
Older adult emergency readmissions
Emergency readmissions to older adult beds occur less frequently than in adult acute beds. This may be due to the higher level of support offered post discharge to this cohort, through ongoing packages of care or residential placements, which can help keep people well and reduce the risk of deterioration to the extent that an emergency readmission is necessitated.
Calculated as the percentage of all admissions that were emergency readmissions in the immediate period after discharge, the average position of 3.0% for older adults compares to 8.1% in adult acute beds.
Page 37
Specialist beds
MH07 Mean Median National trend
PICU length of stay excluding leave42 42 36
Eating Disorders length of stay excluding leave... 107 99
PICU bed occupancy excluding leave99% 86% 90%
Eating Disorders bed occupancy excluding leave... 77% 78%
Low Secure length of stay excluding leave286 697 542
Low Secure bed occupancy excluding leave84% 91% 93%
683 722...Medium Secure length of stay excluding leave
348 360...
213
High Dependency Rehabilitation length of stay
excluding leave
High Dependency Rehabilitation bed occupancy
excluding leave...
Longer Term Complex / Continuing Care bed
occupancy excluding leave72% 79% 78%
Longer Term Complex / Continuing Care length of
stay excluding leave
85% 87%
516 360
Medium Secure bed occupancy excluding leave... 93% 94%
100
120
140
160
180
100%
In this context, "Specialist beds" refers to all beds that are not for acute admission (adult acute and older adult acute). Some of these beds are linked to specific conditions (such as eating disorders) while others support patients on different pathways (such as low and medium secure beds for patients on a forensic/criminal justice pathway).
Mother and baby units are not included here because they are reported in a detailed analysis piece. High Secure beds are excluded due to the small number of national providers, and the additional benchmarking that goes on in these areas.
Benchmarks per 100,000 population are not used in this section, as population catchment footprints vary and are not mutually exclusive across providers.
Page 38
MH07: 42
Mean: 42
Median: 36
Upper Q: 46
Lower Q: 30
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 24
MH07: 99%
Mean: 86%
Median: 90%
Upper Q: 94%
Lower Q: 78%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 25
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
MH
68M
H65
MH
06M
H40
MH
42M
H01
MH
38M
H04
MH
72M
H39
MH
37M
H41
MH
25M
H35
MH
94M
H44
MH
84M
H33
MH
64M
H92
MH
24M
H05
MH
07M
H34
MH
61M
H20
MH
31M
H60
MH
52M
H29
MH
23M
H74
MH
18M
H36
MH
51M
H11
MH
02M
H54
MH
28M
H90
MH
95M
H19
MH
50M
H03
MH
21M
H57
MH
09M
H10
MH
15M
H26
MH
32M
H08
MH
17M
H22
MH
59M
H63
MH
45M
H70
MH
55M
H67
MH
66
PICU length of stay excluding leave
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
MH
61M
H74
MH
44M
H40
MH
07M
H66
MH
05M
H10
MH
59M
H83
MH
67M
H39
MH
24M
H41
MH
50M
H60
MH
17M
H35
MH
38M
H03
MH
09M
H36
MH
57M
H72
MH
26M
H21
MH
01M
H95
MH
23M
H25
MH
92M
H64
MH
29M
H54
MH
32M
H45
MH
11M
H37
MH
58M
H20
MH
22M
H70
MH
31M
H84
MH
04M
H94
MH
63M
H33
MH
19M
H18
MH
52M
H08
MH
65M
H12
MH
90M
H42
MH
28M
H06
MH
34M
H15
MH
55M
H02
PICU bed occupancy excluding leave
100
150
200
250
100%
Page 39
MH07: ...
Mean: 107
Median: 99
Upper Q: 108
Lower Q: 85
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 26
MH07: ...
Mean: 77%
Median: 78%
Upper Q: 85%
Lower Q: 68%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 27
0
50
100
150
200
250
MH
90
MH
22
MH
08
MH
36
MH
18
MH
63
MH
40
MH
38
MH
05
MH
23
MH
44
MH
57
MH
09
MH
17
MH
10
MH
27
MH
04
Eating Disorders length of stay excluding leave
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
MH
23
MH
90
MH
44
MH
04
MH
36
MH
09
MH
05
MH
08
MH
38
MH
10
MH
40
MH
27
MH
17
MH
22
MH
63
MH
57
MH
18
Eating Disorders bed occupancy excluding leave
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
100%
Page 40
MH07: 286
Mean: 697
Median: 542
Upper Q: 815
Lower Q: 446
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 28
MH07: 84%
Mean: 91%
Median: 93%
Upper Q: 96%
Lower Q: 87%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 29
0
500
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
MH
10M
H06
MH
08M
H25
MH
94M
H31
MH
65M
H38
MH
17M
H52
MH
37M
H24
MH
42M
H28
MH
44M
H26
MH
72M
H41
MH
90M
H04
MH
74M
H57
MH
21M
H56
MH
35M
H05
MH
20M
H43
MH
92M
H22
MH
02M
H15
MH
18M
H23
MH
63M
H03
MH
59M
H01
MH
54M
H19
MH
27M
H09
MH
07M
H29
MH
84M
H32
MH
51M
H36
Low Secure length of stay excluding leave
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
MH
23M
H94
MH
27M
H18
MH
21M
H41
MH
72M
H38
MH
35M
H22
MH
74M
H10
MH
03M
H44
MH
25M
H52
MH
36M
H09
MH
05M
H20
MH
08M
H84
MH
17M
H12
MH
02M
H26
MH
65M
H04
MH
92M
H63
MH
37M
H28
MH
24M
H19
MH
32M
H90
MH
59M
H29
MH
43M
H07
MH
31M
H42
MH
54M
H15
MH
57M
H01
MH
06M
H56
Low Secure bed occupancy excluding leave
1,000
1,200
1,400
1,600
1,800
100%
Page 41
MH07: ...
Mean: 683
Median: 722
Upper Q: 823
Lower Q: 521
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 30
MH07: ...
Mean: 93%
Median: 94%
Upper Q: 97%
Lower Q: 90%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 31
0
200
400
600
800
1,000
1,200
1,400
1,600
1,800
MH
06
MH
28
MH
52
MH
31
MH
01
MH
67
MH
44
MH
08
MH
25
MH
15
MH
74
MH
24
MH
72
MH
90
MH
10
MH
94
MH
20
MH
04
MH
37
MH
18
MH
22
MH
35
MH
03
MH
17
MH
41
MH
09
MH
32
MH
27
Medium Secure length of stay excluding leave
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
MH
35
MH
37
MH
22
MH
09
MH
32
MH
44
MH
20
MH
27
MH
25
MH
08
MH
31
MH
90
MH
10
MH
94
MH
18
MH
52
MH
01
MH
24
MH
28
MH
74
MH
17
MH
41
MH
03
MH
04
MH
06
MH
15
MH
67
MH
72Medium Secure bed occupancy excluding leave
1,000
1,200
100%
Page 42
MH07: ...
Mean: 348
Median: 360
Upper Q: 442
Lower Q: 205
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 32
MH07: ...
Mean: 85%
Median: 87%
Upper Q: 90%
Lower Q: 77%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 33
0
200
400
600
800
1,000
1,200
MH
70
MH
24
MH
02
MH
52
MH
90
MH
23
MH
38
MH
95
MH
09
MH
37
MH
01
MH
06
MH
39
MH
25
MH
10
MH
28
MH
22
MH
35
MH
51
MH
36
MH
08
MH
74
MH
11
MH
03
MH
92
MH
43
MH
20
MH
67
MH
58
MH
55
MH
93
MH
17
MH
19
MH
32
MH
27
MH
45
MH
66
High Dependency Rehabilitation length of stay excluding leave
0%10%20%30%40%50%60%70%80%90%
100%
MH
67
MH
11
MH
10
MH
74
MH
03
MH
09
MH
23
MH
17
MH
02
MH
45
MH
38
MH
37
MH
95
MH
01
MH
92
MH
36
MH
24
MH
90
MH
28
MH
25
MH
58
MH
55
MH
27
MH
19
MH
35
MH
43
MH
20
MH
52
MH
08
MH
93
MH
39
MH
32
MH
22
MH
66
MH
70
MH
06High Dependency Rehabilitation bed occupancy excluding
leave
1,000
1,200
1,400
1,600
1,800
100%
Page 43
MH07: 213
Mean: 516
Median: 360
Upper Q: 611
Lower Q: 227
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 34
MH07: 72%
Mean: 79%
Median: 78%
Upper Q: 89%
Lower Q: 72%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 35
0
200
400
600
800
1,000
1,200
1,400
1,600
1,800
MH
09
MH
31
MH
52
MH
37
MH
23
MH
68
MH
51
MH
05
MH
69
MH
02
MH
28
MH
25
MH
11
MH
57
MH
08
MH
35
MH
10
MH
60
MH
55
MH
63
MH
50
MH
56
MH
07
MH
67
MH
01
MH
44
MH
04
MH
15
Longer Term Complex / Continuing Care length of stay excluding leave
0%10%20%30%40%50%60%70%80%90%
100%
MH
21
MH
10
MH
55
MH
05
MH
31
MH
23
MH
11
MH
02
MH
57
MH
60
MH
44
MH
52
MH
08
MH
04
MH
28
MH
01
MH
50
MH
12
MH
67
MH
07
MH
35
MH
56
MH
15
MH
25
MH
63
MH
37
MH
09Longer Term Complex / Continuing Care bed occupancy
excluding leave
Page 44
Cluster profiling
MH07 Mean Median National trend
Occupied bed days - clusters 1-817% 24% 26%
Occupied bed days - clusters 18-2113% 14% 13%
Occupied bed days - clusters 10-1770% 62% 61%
10%
15%
20%
25%
30%
35%
40%
45%
50%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
10%
15%
20%
25%
30%
35%
40%
NHS England's Care Clusters for people who use specialist mental health services can be grouped into three main categories:
Non Psychosis1 Common mental health problems (low severity)2 Common mental health problems3 Non psychotic (moderate severity)4 Non psychotic (severe)5 Non psychotic (very severe)6 Non psychotic disorders of overvalued ideas7 Enduring non psychotic disorders (high disability)8 Non psychotic chaotic and challenging disorders
Psychosis10 First episode in psychosis11 Ongoing or recurrent psychosis (low symptoms)12 Ongoing or recurrent psychosis (high disability)13 Ongoing or recurrent psychosis (high symptom and disability)14 Psychotic crisis15 Severe psychotic depression16 Dual diagnosis (substance abuse and mental illness)17 Psychosis and affective disorder difficult to engage
Organic18 Cognitive impairment (low need)19 Cognitive impairment or dementia (moderate need)20 Cognitive impairment or dementia (high need)21 Cognitive impairment or dementia (high physical or engagement)
Inpatient activity is driven by bed availability, and the continued decline in older people's beds is reflected in the ongoing reduction in occupied bed days for patients whose episodes fall into clusters 18 to 21.
Page 45
MH07: 17%
Mean: 24%
Median: 26%
Upper Q: 30%
Lower Q: 17%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 36
MH07: 70%
Mean: 62%
Median: 61%
Upper Q: 71%
Lower Q: 53%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 37
MH07: 13%
Mean: 14%
Median: 13%
Upper Q: 15%
Lower Q: 9%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 38
0%
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
30%
35%
40%
45%
50%
MH
93
MH
53
MH
08
MH
54
MH
02
MH
95
MH
56
MH
42
MH
27M
H7
2M
H2
0M
H1
9M
H3
3M
H6
4M
H3
2M
H6
6M
H1
5M
H36
MH
43
MH
63
MH
18
MH
24
MH
05
MH
45
MH
41
MH
40
MH
39M
H0
3M
H6
0M
H2
6M
H9
2M
H3
7M
H0
4M
H2
9M
H2
5M
H61
MH
22
MH
38
MH
57
MH
07
MH
65
MH
06
MH
35
MH
28
MH
10M
H0
9M
H2
1M
H2
3M
H1
2M
H9
4M
H5
2M
H1
1M
H7
4M
H44
Occupied bed days - clusters 1-8
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
MH
44M
H11
MH
74M
H52
MH
94M
H10
MH
09M
H23
MH
22M
H12
MH
65M
H35
MH
06M
H28
MH
07M
H38
MH
25M
H29
MH
57M
H40
MH
37M
H03
MH
18M
H04
MH
61M
H92
MH
27M
H41
MH
26M
H32
MH
43M
H24
MH
95M
H64
MH
36M
H66
MH
33M
H56
MH
19M
H20
MH
63M
H05
MH
54M
H02
MH
39M
H21
MH
72M
H60
MH
42M
H15
MH
08M
H45
MH
53M
H93
Occupied bed days - clusters 10-17
0%
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
30%
35%
40%
MH
21M
H45
MH
60M
H93
MH
39M
H15
MH
05M
H63
MH
72M
H42
MH
53M
H61
MH
02M
H57
MH
08M
H20
MH
19M
H66
MH
26M
H04
MH
36M
H24
MH
07M
H92
MH
54M
H12
MH
33M
H43
MH
56M
H41
MH
28M
H25
MH
38M
H29
MH
06M
H64
MH
32M
H35
MH
37M
H94
MH
23M
H03
MH
65M
H95
MH
18M
H40
MH
09M
H27
MH
74M
H52
MH
10M
H44
MH
11M
H22
Occupied bed days - clusters 18-21
Page 46
Community care
MH07 Mean Median
Older adult teams - community contacts per
100,000 registered population49,435 32,207 30,799
Working age adult teams - community contacts
per 100,000 registered population28,740 31,145 30,899
National trend
Working age adult teams - community caseload
per 100,000 registered population
Total community contacts per 100,000 registered
population
747
32,745
1,486
Total community caseload per 100,000 registered
population
Older adult teams - community caseload per
100,000 registered population
1,477 1,685 1,527
4,777 2,457 2,079
1,382
31,095 30,522
The two key measures of community capacity are caseloads and contacts. Caseload provides a snapshot of open cases on 31st March 2019. Participants can explore their positions for individual team types in the NHS Benchmarking Mental Health Toolkit. Contacts is a measure of the number of face to face and non face to face contacts delivered by a community team to patients on their caseload, and to those who are being assessed.
Community caseloads and contacts, for both working age and older adults, have seen declines in recent years.
Community based care is the most frequently accessed NHS specialist mental health service, serving around 700,000 people across the UK at 31st March 2019. Most people who access NHS specialist mental health services use community based services at some point in their patient journey.
Page 47
Community caseloads
MH07: 1,527
Mean: 1,685
Median: 1,477
Upper Q: 2,098
Lower Q: 1,286
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 39
0
500
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
3,000
3,500
4,000
MH
68M
H92
MH
83M
H70
MH
93M
H35
MH
55M
H94
MH
59M
H40
MH
60M
H18
MH
95M
H10
MH
16M
H74
MH
08M
H69
MH
42M
H85
MH
45M
H32
MH
29M
H26
MH
05M
H65
MH
71M
H66
MH
38M
H36
MH
39M
H33
MH
51M
H07
MH
37M
H58
MH
01M
H44
MH
61M
H54
MH
72M
H57
MH
25M
H22
MH
09M
H56
MH
15M
H41
MH
24M
H53
MH
28M
H11
MH
12M
H03
MH
43M
H52
MH
63M
H02
MH
23M
H21
MH
19M
H67
MH
64M
H27
MH
34M
H06
MH
20M
H17
MH
84M
H04
MH
50
Total community caseload per 100,000 registered population
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
3,000
3,500
1,000
2,000
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
Community services are reported here benchmarked per capita by caseload size and by number of contacts delivered. Caseload is a snapshot position of all open cases on 31st March 2019. For the purposes of this report, the national definition of caseload is applied, i.e. patients who have had two or more face to face appointments as part of this episode of care. This therefore excludes people who are still in the assessment phase, and may not commence treatment with a team.
Total community caseload shows the sum of all individual community team caseloads, against a population of those age 16 and older. Working age adult teams include all those who predominantly serve working age adults, against a population of age 16 - 64. Older adult teams include old age community teams and memory services, against a population of age 65+.
This year's total community caseload of 1,685 compares to 1,598 per 100,000 population last year.
Page 48
MH07: 747
Mean: 1,486
Median: 1,382
Upper Q: 1,877
Lower Q: 1,084
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 40
MH07: 4,777
Mean: 2,457
Median: 2,079
Upper Q: 3,177
Lower Q: 1,324
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 41
0
500
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
3,000
3,500
MH
68M
H94
MH
92M
H60
MH
40M
H70
MH
59M
H95
MH
74M
H93
MH
35M
H10
MH
18M
H85
MH
42M
H83
MH
16M
H32
MH
08M
H05
MH
71M
H65
MH
55M
H58
MH
36M
H26
MH
29M
H61
MH
03M
H15
MH
45M
H01
MH
43M
H38
MH
56M
H57
MH
51M
H53
MH
44M
H09
MH
37M
H24
MH
52M
H41
MH
12M
H22
MH
28M
H66
MH
69M
H25
MH
67M
H39
MH
27M
H72
MH
23M
H54
MH
02M
H21
MH
63M
H33
MH
11M
H64
MH
34M
H06
MH
84M
H20
MH
07M
H04
MH
17M
H19
MH
50
Working age adult teams - community caseload per 100,000 registered population
0
1,000
2,000
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
MH
83M
H69
MH
55M
H35
MH
68M
H07
MH
70M
H45
MH
33M
H11
MH
92M
H93
MH
18M
H66
MH
40M
H59
MH
16M
H39
MH
60M
H08
MH
29M
H10
MH
54M
H95
MH
26M
H51
MH
22M
H38
MH
72M
H42
MH
37M
H25
MH
94M
H32
MH
74M
H19
MH
44M
H28
MH
65M
H05
MH
63M
H71
MH
41M
H36
MH
09M
H24
MH
01M
H50
MH
02M
H57
MH
12M
H64
MH
56M
H53
MH
34M
H20
MH
17M
H15
MH
61M
H52
MH
04M
H21
MH
06M
H23
MH
67M
H84
MH
58M
H27
MH
43M
H03
Older adult teams - community caseload per 100,000 registered population
Participants reported the proportion of their caseloads on 31st March 2019 who had been seen for a face to face appointment during the 3 months prior to that date (1st January to 31st March 2019). Although there is variation between team types, the typical experience appears to be that most patients will have had a face to face contact during that time.
The figure below shows national average positions, while the charts on the following page show individual participant positions for three key team types: Generic CMHT, Early Intervention in Psychosis, and Older People. Other team types can be explored in the toolkit.
Page 49
Figure 42
Figure 43
Figure 44
100%
100%
100%
90%
87%
81%
78%
77%
76%
68%
67%
63%
60%
52%
Assertive Outreach
Early Intervention in Psychosis
Perinatal
Generic CMHT
Community rehabilitation
Eating Disorders
Older People
Forensic
Other community teams
Memory services
Assessment and Brief Intervention
Proportion of caseload with a F2F contact in previous 3 months
Yes No
Participants reported the proportion of their caseloads on 31st March 2019 who had been seen for a face to face appointment during the 3 months prior to that date (1st January to 31st March 2019). Although there is variation between team types, the typical experience appears to be that most patients will have had a face to face contact during that time.
The figure below shows national average positions, while the charts on the following page show individual participant positions for three key team types: Generic CMHT, Early Intervention in Psychosis, and Older People. Other team types can be explored in the toolkit.
Page 50
MH07: 90%
Mean: 78%
Median: 80%
Upper Q: 86%
Lower Q: 69%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 42
MH07: 94%
Mean: 87%
Median: 93%
Upper Q: 96%
Lower Q: 89%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 43
MH07: 80%
Mean: 68%
Median: 74%
Upper Q: 82%
Lower Q: 61%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 44
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
MH
06M
H0
3M
H6
1M
H0
4M
H3
6M
H3
3M
H1
6M
H0
7M
H1
9M
H9
2M
H6
5M
H1
7M
H6
3M
H0
8M
H9
4M
H93
MH
72
MH
57
MH
02
MH
21
MH
41
MH
24
MH
28
MH
22
MH
20
MH
95
MH
25
MH
66
MH
27
MH
11
MH
55M
H1
5M
H3
7M
H7
1M
H5
2M
H6
0M
H4
3M
H1
0M
H7
4M
H4
5M
H2
3M
H5
3M
H5
4M
H1
2M
H6
9M
H44
MH
35
MH
42
Proportion of caseload on 31st March 2019 who had at least one face to face contact during previous 3 months - Generic
CMHT
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
MH
33M
H61
MH
36M
H59
MH
03M
H02
MH
94M
H60
MH
95M
H54
MH
10M
H04
MH
25M
H06
MH
21M
H07
MH
11M
H28
MH
16M
H18
MH
08M
H19
MH
27M
H66
MH
92M
H20
MH
22M
H52
MH
17M
H65
MH
42M
H72
MH
44M
H63
MH
15M
H37
MH
41M
H74
MH
23M
H93
MH
24M
H55
MH
45M
H53
MH
35M
H12
MH
68
Proportion of caseload on 31st March 2019 who had at least one face to face contact during previous 3 months - Early
Intervention
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
MH
36M
H12
MH
03M
H43
MH
21M
H94
MH
11M
H19
MH
06M
H17
MH
04M
H41
MH
28M
H93
MH
07M
H15
MH
57M
H16
MH
27M
H23
MH
02M
H20
MH
25M
H65
MH
92M
H24
MH
74M
H44
MH
33M
H08
MH
22M
H71
MH
60M
H45
MH
10M
H63
MH
66M
H95
MH
37M
H54
MH
69M
H55
MH
53M
H35
MH
68M
H72
MH
42
Proportion of caseload on 31st March 2019 who had at least one face to face contact during previous 3 months - Older
People
Page 51
Community contacts
MH07: 32,745
Mean: 31,095
Median: 30,522
Upper Q: 35,901
Lower Q: 23,536
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 45
0
10,000
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
70,000
80,000
90,000
MH
68M
H09
MH
84M
H74
MH
43M
H65
MH
85M
H93
MH
69M
H41
MH
08M
H92
MH
27M
H45
MH
32M
H53
MH
42M
H60
MH
10M
H06
MH
44M
H39
MH
18M
H55
MH
02M
H37
MH
94M
H07
MH
28M
H16
MH
54M
H66
MH
20M
H03
MH
34M
H40
MH
25M
H21
MH
01M
H70
MH
38M
H95
MH
57M
H35
MH
19M
H83
MH
52M
H33
MH
56M
H15
MH
05M
H26
MH
22M
H24
MH
23M
H11
MH
63M
H36
MH
51M
H72
MH
50M
H64
MH
71M
H04
MH
17M
H29
MH
59M
H58
Total community contacts per 100,000 registered population
10,000
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
70,000
80,000
90,000
10,000
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
70,000
80,000
90,000
Community contacts averaged 31,095 per 100,000 population in 2018/19. This compares to 30,817 the previous year. When viewing this data, it is useful for participants to consider the nature and duration of the contacts they offer, and how this may differ from other participants. Year to year comparisons of individual participants are also of value.
Page 52
MH07: 28,740
Mean: 31,145
Median: 30,899
Upper Q: 36,192
Lower Q: 22,785
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 46
MH07: 49,435
Mean: 32,207
Median: 30,799
Upper Q: 38,479
Lower Q: 21,932
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 47
0
10,000
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
70,000
80,000
90,000
MH
68M
H09
MH
84M
H43
MH
74M
H65
MH
93M
H92
MH
85M
H27
MH
03M
H18
MH
53M
H08
MH
42M
H10
MH
02M
H32
MH
41M
H60
MH
40M
H06
MH
94M
H44
MH
55M
H34
MH
70M
H95
MH
54M
H25
MH
16M
H57
MH
45M
H66
MH
20M
H38
MH
37M
H69
MH
21M
H07
MH
28M
H35
MH
39M
H52
MH
15M
H83
MH
19M
H05
MH
33M
H26
MH
23M
H24
MH
71M
H36
MH
22M
H72
MH
56M
H11
MH
01M
H63
MH
64M
H04
MH
50M
H51
MH
59M
H17
MH
29M
H58
Working age adult teams - community contacts per 100,000 registered population
0
10,000
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
70,000
80,000
90,000
MH
69M
H45
MH
09M
H01
MH
39M
H68
MH
41M
H28
MH
07M
H44
MH
37M
H32
MH
55M
H06
MH
08M
H93
MH
51M
H16
MH
65M
H19
MH
60M
H54
MH
56M
H66
MH
43M
H35
MH
74M
H42
MH
20M
H33
MH
11M
H22
MH
83M
H50
MH
21M
H53
MH
94M
H10
MH
27M
H02
MH
63M
H25
MH
38M
H92
MH
84M
H18
MH
24M
H70
MH
05M
H26
MH
34M
H23
MH
15M
H52
MH
95M
H36
MH
57M
H29
MH
64M
H40
MH
72M
H17
MH
04M
H71
MH
03Older adult teams - community contacts per 100,000
registered population
Page 53
Waiting times
5.2
7.1
5.4
3.7
3.7
3.1
2.9
2.9
2.7
1.2
6.5
3.6
3.0
3.8
3.6
2.8
2.9
2.8
2.0
0.9
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Memory Services
Other Adult CMHTs
Forensic
Generic CMHT
Eating Disorders
Perinatal
Assessment & Brief Intervention (incl PMHT)
Older People
Assertive Outreach
Early Intervention (incl Early Onset Psychosis)
Median waiting time (weeks)
Referral to 1st appointment 1st appointment to 2nd appointment
Waiting times show notable variation by team type. The above chart details national average positions for each team and shows that the shortest waits are reported within Early Intervention in Psychosis teams. This is the only community pathway currently subject to waiting time targets in England. Longest waits are reported by Memory Services teams.
Participants can explore their individual positions in detail in the NHS Benchmarking Mental Health Toolkit.
Page 54
Early Intervention
MH07 Mean Median National trend
Early Intervention referrals received per 100,000
registered population158 83 71
Early Intervention caseload per 100,000
registered population95 65 57
Early Intervention referral acceptance rate47% 80% 87%
Early Intervention teams contacts per patient on
the caseload34 35 33
Total staff working in Early Intervention per
100,000 registered population10 7 6
Length of time on Early Intervention team
caseload (months)6 14 11
Early Intervention team DNA rate11% 11% 11%
100
150
200
250
300
100%As the only part of adult mental health services currently subject to national waiting time standards, there continues to be a focus on Early Intervention in Psychosis services.
Participants report a continued growth in referrals to these services, from 57 per 100,000 population in 2013/14 to 71 in 2018/19. Referral rate data suggests this year's referral acceptance rate of 80% dips below the pattern seen from 2013/14 of rates between 81% and 83% and may signify the start of increases in thresholds for treatment as a response to rising demand.
Staff working in Early Intervention in Psychosis services have ranged from 5.7 to 7.1 WTE per 100,000 population in the past 5 years. This year's position is 6.6 WTE.
Page 55
MH07: 158
Mean: 83
Median: 71
Upper Q: 94
Lower Q: 51
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 48
MH07: 47%
Mean: 80%
Median: 87%
Upper Q: 93%
Lower Q: 72%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 49
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
MH
59
MH
37
MH
26
MH
29
MH
74
MH
07
MH
08
MH
41
MH
10
MH
94
MH
11
MH
39
MH
09
MH
38
MH
44
MH
36
MH
56M
H4
0M
H4
2M
H3
4M
H3
2M
H6
1M
H6
3M
H9
5M
H0
2M
H6
8M
H6
0M
H2
8M
H2
0M
H1
8M
H24
MH
05
MH
03
MH
66
MH
53
MH
22
MH
65
MH
50
MH
17
MH
06
MH
25
MH
92
MH
23
MH
72
MH
93
MH
27
MH
35
MH
45M
H6
4M
H5
2M
H1
6M
H5
4M
H1
9M
H3
3M
H1
5M
H0
4M
H5
5M
H7
0
Early Intervention referrals received per 100,000 registered population
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
MH
11M
H61
MH
17M
H64
MH
29M
H41
MH
63M
H25
MH
56M
H53
MH
70M
H05
MH
08M
H50
MH
19M
H35
MH
27M
H68
MH
40M
H20
MH
42M
H26
MH
59M
H74
MH
22M
H92
MH
15M
H10
MH
65M
H18
MH
38M
H16
MH
93M
H94
MH
36M
H60
MH
95M
H39
MH
23M
H02
MH
03M
H52
MH
55M
H54
MH
06M
H37
MH
45M
H72
MH
28M
H34
MH
44M
H09
MH
07M
H66
MH
24M
H32
MH
33M
H04
Early Intervention referral acceptance rate
100120140160180200
10
12
14
16
18
Page 56
MH07: 95
Mean: 65
Median: 57
Upper Q: 82
Lower Q: 40
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 50
MH07: 9.8
Mean: 6.6
Median: 6.0
Upper Q: 8.0
Lower Q: 4.3
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 51
020406080
100120140160180200
MH
10
MH
74
MH
59
MH
26
MH
11
MH
37
MH
29
MH
35
MH
94
MH
07
MH
95
MH
08
MH
40
MH
41
MH
53
MH
32
MH
66
MH
42
MH
65
MH
38
MH
39
MH
56
MH
44
MH
24
MH
51
MH
60
MH
21
MH
22
MH
12
MH
36
MH
23
MH
52
MH
06
MH
45
MH
61
MH
63
MH
28
MH
25
MH
55
MH
93
MH
34
MH
27
MH
18
MH
17
MH
92
MH
15
MH
72
MH
68
MH
02
MH
03
MH
04
MH
50
MH
54
MH
20
MH
64
MH
05
MH
33
MH
16
MH
19
MH
01
MH
70
MH
09
Early Intervention caseload per 100,000 registered population
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
MH
10M
H29
MH
59M
H74
MH
32M
H26
MH
72M
H07
MH
61M
H09
MH
40M
H38
MH
34M
H94
MH
37M
H41
MH
42M
H11
MH
12M
H21
MH
08M
H53
MH
65M
H56
MH
20M
H60
MH
25M
H06
MH
93M
H15
MH
44M
H92
MH
28M
H23
MH
03M
H36
MH
63M
H24
MH
17M
H04
MH
22M
H52
MH
64M
H35
MH
02M
H27
MH
50M
H33
MH
16M
H54
MH
95M
H55
MH
18M
H05
MH
45M
H51
MH
19M
H01
MH
67Total staff working in Early Intervention per 100,000
registered population
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
10%
12%
14%
16%
18%
20%
Page 57
MH07: 34
Mean: 35
Median: 33
Upper Q: 40
Lower Q: 27
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 52
MH07: 11%
Mean: 11%
Median: 11%
Upper Q: 13%
Lower Q: 9%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 53
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
MH
68
MH
54
MH
10
MH
20
MH
06
MH
32M
H0
3M
H9
3M
H4
4M
H6
6M
H2
5M
H2
1M
H3
4M
H1
9M
H0
4M
H0
2M
H0
8M
H3
6M
H6
5M
H2
7M
H3
9M
H3
8M
H4
2M
H7
4M
H4
0M
H2
6M
H6
0M
H0
7M
H92
MH
64
MH
41
MH
28
MH
72
MH
50
MH
18
MH
52
MH
53
MH
05
MH
16
MH
37
MH
45
MH
23
MH
63
MH
94
MH
59
MH
56
MH
22
MH
15
MH
17
MH
33
MH
11
MH
95M
H5
5M
H2
4M
H3
5M
H2
9M
H7
0
Early Intervention teams contacts per patient on the caseload
0%
2%
4%
6%
8%
10%
12%
14%
16%
18%
20%
MH
63M
H28
MH
02M
H65
MH
09M
H16
MH
37M
H92
MH
23M
H18
MH
39M
H42
MH
52M
H22
MH
64M
H11
MH
24M
H59
MH
45M
H15
MH
34M
H25
MH
94M
H05
MH
44M
H40
MH
36M
H07
MH
20M
H56
MH
04M
H41
MH
08M
H32
MH
95M
H38
MH
35M
H10
MH
19M
H06
MH
27M
H03
MH
93M
H66
MH
17M
H55
MH
21M
H60
MH
53M
H33
MH
50M
H54
Early Intervention team DNA rate
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
The 14 month average time on caseload per Early Intervention service differs from historic guidance on early intervention support, which typically focussed on a 3 year pathway.
Page 58
MH07: 6
Mean: 14
Median: 11
Upper Q: 14
Lower Q: 9
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 54
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
MH
68
MH
33
MH
10
MH
23
MH
37
MH
09
MH
41
MH
11
MH
20M
H1
8M
H5
2M
H4
0M
H3
5M
H6
6M
H6
5M
H5
6M
H9
3M
H5
3M
H06
MH
32
MH
04
MH
21
MH
61
MH
36
MH
54
MH
22
MH
16
MH
45
MH
39M
H7
4M
H2
5M
H2
4M
H9
5M
H3
4M
H1
9M
H9
4M
H3
8M
H9
2M
H27
MH
60
MH
17
MH
03
MH
28
MH
59
MH
02
MH
07
MH
64
MH
44
MH
63
Length of time on Early Intervention team caseload (months)
The 14 month average time on caseload per Early Intervention service differs from historic guidance on early intervention support, which typically focussed on a 3 year pathway.
Page 59
Crisis care
MH07 Mean Median
Psychiatric liaison contacts per 100,000 registered
population... 1867 1506
National trend
CRHT face to face contacts per 100,000 registered
population2933 4040 3634
Total staff working in psychiatric liaison per
100,000 registered population8 6 6
Total staff working in CRHT teams per 100,000
registered population9.7 17.5 15.6
Section 136 Assessments per 100,000 registered
population98 83 80
10,000
12,000
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
There has been an upward trend in the number of Section 136 Assessments participants report, which reached 79 per 100,000 population in 2017/18. This year's figure is 83 per 100,000 population.
There has also been movement on the size of the workforce in both crisis team and psychiatric liaison settings.
Page 60
MH07: 2,933
Mean: 4,040
Median: 3,634
Upper Q: 4,880
Lower Q: 2,781
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 55
MH07: 10
Mean: 17
Median: 16
Upper Q: 22
Lower Q: 13
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 56
0
2,000
4,000
6,000
8,000
10,000
12,000
MH
68
MH
10
MH
52
MH
44
MH
43
MH
65
MH
11
MH
32
MH
03
MH
39
MH
34
MH
84
MH
42
MH
59
MH
74
MH
53
MH
66
MH
27
MH
85
MH
18
MH
28
MH
55
MH
64
MH
09
MH
57
MH
02
MH
71
MH
33
MH
35
MH
36
MH
70
MH
08
MH
25
MH
45
MH
23
MH
95
MH
22
MH
01
MH
54
MH
04
MH
94
MH
40
MH
38
MH
37
MH
07
MH
56
MH
93
MH
21
MH
41
MH
26
MH
15
MH
19
MH
20
MH
92
MH
24
MH
63
MH
72
MH
60
MH
06
MH
05
MH
16
MH
29
CRHT face to face contacts per 100,000 registered population
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
MH
71M
H83
MH
18M
H29
MH
43M
H84
MH
61M
H51
MH
59M
H03
MH
32M
H65
MH
11M
H57
MH
34M
H74
MH
35M
H42
MH
93M
H20
MH
01M
H44
MH
92M
H52
MH
10M
H04
MH
39M
H33
MH
27M
H02
MH
41M
H40
MH
28M
H58
MH
45M
H05
MH
64M
H25
MH
70M
H19
MH
08M
H67
MH
55M
H26
MH
23M
H21
MH
15M
H09
MH
16M
H38
MH
24M
H53
MH
22M
H94
MH
54M
H56
MH
12M
H36
MH
07M
H72
MH
60M
H95
MH
63M
H50
MH
37
Total staff working in CRHT teams per 100,000 registered population
10
12
14
16
1,000
2,000
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
Page 61
MH07: ...
Mean: 1,867
Median: 1,506
Upper Q: 1,985
Lower Q: 1,080
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 57
MH07: 8
Mean: 6
Median: 6
Upper Q: 8
Lower Q: 4
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 58
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
MH
60M
H42
MH
08M
H34
MH
06M
H28
MH
09M
H11
MH
04M
H43
MH
74M
H32
MH
58M
H24
MH
27M
H07
MH
41M
H23
MH
65M
H01
MH
70M
H63
MH
18M
H55
MH
52M
H38
MH
22M
H54
MH
44M
H15
MH
94M
H02
MH
03M
H56
MH
20M
H10
MH
12M
H25
MH
19M
H92
MH
83M
H21
MH
05M
H93
MH
64M
H33
MH
59M
H53
MH
36M
H84
MH
17M
H16
MH
37M
H51
MH
61M
H95
MH
26
Total staff working in psychiatric liaison per 100,000 registered population
100
150
200
250
0
1,000
2,000
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
MH
83
MH
08
MH
28
MH
43
MH
26
MH
27
MH
10
MH
55
MH
37
MH
09
MH
70
MH
52
MH
25
MH
65
MH
23
MH
38
MH
22
MH
01
MH
95
MH
60
MH
39
MH
32
MH
20
MH
35
MH
58
MH
92
MH
06
MH
15
MH
66
MH
02
MH
41
MH
24
MH
33
MH
12
MH
04
MH
16
MH
53
MH
19
MH
93
MH
34
MH
36
MH
64
MH
68
Psychiatric liaison contacts per 100,000 registered population
Page 62
MH07: 98
Mean: 83
Median: 80
Upper Q: 104
Lower Q: 55
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 59
0
50
100
150
200
250
MH
11
MH
67
MH
43
MH
25
MH
66
MH
41
MH
21
MH
57
MH
03
MH
01
MH
59
MH
92
MH
12
MH
51
MH
26
MH
06
MH
58
MH
07
MH
19
MH
02
MH
38
MH
32
MH
18
MH
35
MH
60
MH
74
MH
33
MH
27
MH
40
MH
55
MH
22
MH
54
MH
50
MH
10
MH
65
MH
24
MH
37
MH
08
MH
17
MH
61
MH
45
MH
15
MH
53
MH
23
MH
20
MH
04
MH
94
MH
95
MH
56
MH
71
MH
36
MH
28
Section 136 Assessments per 100,000 registered population
Page 63
Community clustering
MH07 Mean Median National trend
Community caseload - Clusters 1-8 19% 39% 39%
Community caseload - Clusters 10-16 23% 32% 31%
Community contacts - Clusters 1-8 31% 40% 40%
Community caseload - Cluster 17 1% 2% 1%
Community contacts - Clusters 10-16 46% 41% 40%
Community caseload - Clusters 18-21 57% 28% 27%
Community contacts - Cluster 17 1% 3% 3%
Community contacts - Clusters 18-21 21% 16% 14%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
There continues to be disparity between the proportion of caseload in each cluster and the intensity of provision (contact rates) to these cohorts. In particular, older people in clusters 18 - 21 represent 28% of total community caseloads, but receive 16% of total community contacts. The overall level of delivery to patients in clusters 18-21 has shown a decline in recent years. The share of caseload delivered to clusters 1-17 has increased over this period. Psychosis clusters 10-16 have shown the largest increase in share of total activity.
Page 64
MH07: 19%
Mean: 39%
Median: 39%
Upper Q: 46%
Lower Q: 31%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 60
MH07: 31%
Mean: 40%
Median: 40%
Upper Q: 47%
Lower Q: 35%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 61
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
MH
43
MH
27
MH
36
MH
60
MH
15
MH
40
MH
56
MH
65
MH
29M
H9
5M
H2
1M
H2
0M
H1
2M
H0
6M
H6
1M
H0
3M
H1
0M
H24
MH
54
MH
32
MH
92
MH
64
MH
18
MH
28
MH
25
MH
02
MH
94M
H5
2M
H7
2M
H0
9M
H0
4M
H2
3M
H4
1M
H0
8M
H5
7M
H53
MH
33
MH
05
MH
93
MH
19
MH
22
MH
63
MH
38
MH
37
MH
39M
H3
4M
H4
4M
H6
6M
H4
5M
H4
2M
H3
5M
H7
4M
H0
7M
H11
Community caseload - Clusters 1-8
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
MH
27M
H33
MH
92M
H40
MH
60M
H25
MH
02M
H20
MH
36M
H54
MH
43M
H18
MH
21M
H03
MH
06M
H19
MH
53M
H08
MH
93M
H15
MH
72M
H05
MH
45M
H95
MH
57M
H39
MH
22M
H04
MH
66M
H24
MH
32M
H28
MH
09M
H10
MH
23M
H94
MH
41M
H34
MH
52M
H56
MH
38M
H07
MH
42M
H65
MH
63M
H44
MH
35M
H37
MH
74M
H11
Community contacts - Clusters 1-8
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
Page 65
MH07: 23%
Mean: 32%
Median: 31%
Upper Q: 39%
Lower Q: 23%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 62
MH07: 46%
Mean: 41%
Median: 40%
Upper Q: 51%
Lower Q: 32%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 63
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
MH
44
MH
23
MH
94
MH
09
MH
52
MH
11
MH
35
MH
74
MH
34M
H3
7M
H9
5M
H2
9M
H5
3M
H3
8M
H6
5M
H2
1M
H6
4M
H41
MH
22
MH
42
MH
57
MH
06
MH
24
MH
10
MH
45
MH
04
MH
15M
H7
2M
H2
8M
H2
0M
H6
1M
H0
3M
H1
2M
H3
6M
H2
7M
H43
MH
60
MH
25
MH
56
MH
07
MH
08
MH
63
MH
40
MH
19
MH
33M
H0
5M
H6
6M
H3
2M
H1
8M
H5
4M
H9
2M
H3
9M
H9
3M
H02
Community caseload - Clusters 10-16
0%
1%
2%
3%
4%
5%
6%
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
MH
65M
H74
MH
23M
H44
MH
35M
H37
MH
11M
H94
MH
52M
H38
MH
95M
H56
MH
09M
H34
MH
42M
H05
MH
32M
H07
MH
22M
H53
MH
10M
H41
MH
43M
H72
MH
24M
H57
MH
21M
H28
MH
06M
H36
MH
45M
H03
MH
60M
H20
MH
66M
H18
MH
40M
H02
MH
92M
H08
MH
54M
H25
MH
93M
H19
MH
15M
H04
MH
27M
H33
MH
63M
H39
Community contacts - Clusters 10-16
10%
12%
14%
Page 66
MH07: 0.5%
Mean: 1.6%
Median: 1.3%
Upper Q: 2.1%
Lower Q: 0.8%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 64
MH07: 1.2%
Mean: 2.9%
Median: 2.6%
Upper Q: 3.6%
Lower Q: 1.4%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 65
0%
1%
2%
3%
4%
5%
6%
MH
63
MH
34
MH
09
MH
10
MH
08
MH
27
MH
29
MH
35
MH
94
MH
53
MH
45
MH
37M
H1
1M
H4
0M
H6
6M
H5
7M
H9
3M
H2
4M
H4
1M
H0
3M
H7
4M
H4
3M
H1
5M
H7
2M
H65
MH
36
MH
33
MH
18
MH
42
MH
39
MH
54
MH
22
MH
56
MH
92
MH
38
MH
12
MH
28
MH
61M
H2
3M
H0
6M
H6
0M
H2
5M
H0
2M
H9
5M
H0
4M
H0
5M
H5
2M
H6
4M
H0
7M
H2
1M
H44
MH
19
MH
32
MH
20
Community caseload - Cluster 17
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
0%
2%
4%
6%
8%
10%
12%
14%
MH
10M
H93
MH
11M
H57
MH
63M
H08
MH
66M
H74
MH
03M
H35
MH
24M
H40
MH
09M
H37
MH
04M
H27
MH
34M
H36
MH
43M
H18
MH
05M
H54
MH
72M
H45
MH
53M
H92
MH
02M
H60
MH
65M
H94
MH
41M
H33
MH
22M
H42
MH
38M
H56
MH
23M
H28
MH
07M
H06
MH
15M
H95
MH
39M
H19
MH
20M
H21
MH
25M
H52
MH
44M
H32
Community contacts - Cluster 17
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
Page 67
MH07: 57%
Mean: 28%
Median: 27%
Upper Q: 38%
Lower Q: 19%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 66
MH07: 21%
Mean: 16%
Median: 14%
Upper Q: 19%
Lower Q: 11%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 67
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
MH
07
MH
66
MH
39
MH
93
MH
19
MH
05
MH
02
MH
33
MH
63M
H4
5M
H0
8M
H4
2M
H1
8M
H9
2M
H3
2M
H5
4M
H2
5M
H22
MH
11
MH
04
MH
38
MH
74
MH
72
MH
28
MH
57
MH
41
MH
35M
H4
0M
H0
3M
H5
6M
H6
1M
H3
7M
H1
2M
H3
4M
H5
3M
H60
MH
20
MH
24
MH
64
MH
10
MH
06
MH
15
MH
36
MH
21
MH
44M
H6
5M
H2
7M
H5
2M
H2
3M
H0
9M
H9
5M
H4
3M
H2
9M
H94
Community caseload - Clusters 18-21
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
MH
63M
H39
MH
04M
H15
MH
19M
H28
MH
66M
H07
MH
41M
H42
MH
93M
H25
MH
45M
H08
MH
54M
H24
MH
33M
H32
MH
18M
H06
MH
02M
H20
MH
03M
H27
MH
22M
H57
MH
60M
H92
MH
21M
H72
MH
56M
H44
MH
11M
H37
MH
34M
H38
MH
36M
H40
MH
10M
H52
MH
35M
H74
MH
09M
H53
MH
43M
H05
MH
94M
H65
MH
95M
H23
Community contacts - Clusters 18-21
Page 68
Workforce
MH07 Mean Median
Adult acute consultant psychiatrists per 10 beds0.6 0.6 0.5
Older adult consultant psychiatrists per 10 beds0.3 0.4 0.4
Adult acute registered nurses per 10 beds10.7 8.2 8.0
Older adult registered nurses per 10 beds9.6 8.1 7.7
Adult acute staff sickness / absence %8% 6% 6%
Adult acute staff turnover %6% 12% 11%
Adult acute WTE vacancies as % of staff in post4% 17% 15%
Adult acute spend on Bank and Agency (as a % of
total spend on staffing)36% 23% 23%
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
Inpatient workforce rates are relatively stable, and consistently report rates equivalent to one consultant psychiatrist per ward (typically 18 - 22 beds).
Page 69
MH07: 0.6
Mean: 0.6
Median: 0.5
Upper Q: 0.6
Lower Q: 0.4
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 68
MH07: 0.3
Mean: 0.4
Median: 0.4
Upper Q: 0.5
Lower Q: 0.3
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 69
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
MH
54
MH
11
MH
65M
H8
3M
H0
1M
H5
8M
H2
0M
H1
7M
H0
8M
H29
MH
28
MH
59
MH
27
MH
16
MH
44
MH
41
MH
93M
H1
0M
H2
1M
H6
1M
H3
5M
H7
4M
H2
3M
H0
7M
H0
3M
H7
0M
H3
3M
H5
0M
H3
6M
H9
2M
H6
7M
H0
5M
H0
2M
H4
5M
H4
3M
H1
8M
H8
4M
H7
1M
H2
4M
H64
MH
09
MH
22
MH
06
MH
56
MH
52
MH
38
MH
12M
H3
7M
H3
2M
H6
9M
H1
5M
H5
1M
H4
0M
H1
9M
H2
5M
H3
4M
H5
7M
H6
0M
H0
4M
H9
4
Adult acute consultant psychiatrists per 10 beds
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
MH
58M
H36
MH
41M
H65
MH
74M
H25
MH
18M
H84
MH
11M
H70
MH
61M
H16
MH
08M
H32
MH
09M
H20
MH
33M
H59
MH
44M
H17
MH
64M
H02
MH
22M
H71
MH
10M
H43
MH
35M
H28
MH
24M
H40
MH
15M
H19
MH
05M
H67
MH
27M
H55
MH
03M
H38
MH
01M
H07
MH
50M
H51
MH
34M
H37
MH
45M
H23
MH
52M
H57
MH
21M
H54
MH
83M
H92
MH
93M
H29
MH
56M
H60
MH
26
Older adult consultant psychiatrists per 10 beds
10
15
20
25
10
12
14
16
18
20
Page 70
MH07: 10.7
Mean: 8.2
Median: 8.0
Upper Q: 8.9
Lower Q: 6.7
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 70
MH07: 9.6
Mean: 8.1
Median: 7.7
Upper Q: 8.5
Lower Q: 6.7
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 71
0
5
10
15
20
25
MH
44
MH
85
MH
25
MH
65
MH
84
MH
83
MH
07
MH
09
MH
71
MH
60
MH
70
MH
16
MH
54
MH
05
MH
67
MH
59
MH
95
MH
10
MH
02
MH
23
MH
21
MH
36
MH
51
MH
17
MH
34M
H5
3M
H4
1M
H9
4M
H52
MH
43
MH
55
MH
03
MH
61
MH
24
MH
20
MH
63
MH
58
MH
15
MH
32
MH
28
MH
01
MH
92
MH
56
MH
29
MH
42
MH
06
MH
19
MH
22
MH
33
MH
35
MH
39
MH
57
MH
18
MH
74M
H6
9M
H3
8M
H6
4M
H04
MH
12
MH
11
MH
08
MH
27
MH
50
MH
93
MH
40
MH
26
MH
37
MH
45
Adult acute registered nurses per 10 beds
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
MH
25M
H61
MH
43M
H83
MH
38M
H84
MH
18M
H94
MH
65M
H07
MH
54M
H09
MH
53M
H19
MH
06M
H34
MH
32M
H93
MH
17M
H56
MH
44M
H02
MH
52M
H71
MH
67M
H28
MH
15M
H33
MH
41M
H55
MH
42M
H74
MH
39M
H45
MH
03M
H58
MH
16M
H05
MH
69M
H59
MH
01M
H22
MH
04M
H29
MH
26M
H27
MH
23M
H20
MH
95M
H08
MH
64M
H63
MH
36M
H92
MH
51M
H35
MH
70M
H50
MH
40M
H57
MH
24M
H11
MH
10M
H60
MH
37M
H12
MH
21
Older adult registered nurses per 10 beds
10%
12%
10%
15%
20%
25%
Page 71
MH07: 8%
Mean: 6%
Median: 6%
Upper Q: 7%
Lower Q: 5%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 72
MH07: 6%
Mean: 12%
Median: 11%
Upper Q: 15%
Lower Q: 8%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 73
0%
2%
4%
6%
8%
10%
12%
MH
65
MH
45
MH
40
MH
58
MH
41
MH
56
MH
84
MH
07M
H9
2M
H4
4M
H1
6M
H3
7M
H0
1M
H7
4M
H0
3M
H5
9M
H5
7M
H9
4M
H9
3M
H2
9M
H2
4M
H3
8M
H6
7M
H8
3M
H2
8M
H3
2M
H0
8M
H3
4M
H43
MH
42
MH
04
MH
53
MH
26
MH
22
MH
70
MH
23
MH
27
MH
06
MH
10
MH
15
MH
60
MH
05
MH
19
MH
18
MH
55
MH
17
MH
12
MH
33
MH
11
MH
36M
H02
MH
64
MH
51
MH
25
MH
21
MH
52
MH
95
MH
63
MH
54
MH
20
MH
69
MH
35
MH
71
MH
50
Adult acute staff sickness / absence %
0%
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
MH
33M
H45
MH
69M
H03
MH
22M
H35
MH
20M
H02
MH
95M
H74
MH
50M
H06
MH
34M
H04
MH
94M
H24
MH
71M
H21
MH
23M
H11
MH
25M
H17
MH
52M
H64
MH
56M
H40
MH
37M
H58
MH
15M
H83
MH
27M
H12
MH
53M
H60
MH
01M
H05
MH
92M
H93
MH
44M
H29
MH
32M
H10
MH
57M
H08
MH
51M
H43
MH
55M
H67
MH
18M
H84
MH
42M
H54
MH
36M
H65
MH
38M
H19
MH
07M
H63
MH
70M
H28
MH
16M
H26
MH
41M
H59
Adult acute staff turnover %
10%15%20%25%30%35%40%45%50%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
Page 72
MH07: 4%
Mean: 17%
Median: 15%
Upper Q: 21%
Lower Q: 11%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 74
MH07: 36%
Mean: 23%
Median: 23%
Upper Q: 28%
Lower Q: 17%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 75
0%5%
10%15%20%25%30%35%40%45%50%
MH
45M
H69
MH
17M
H25
MH
07M
H29
MH
52M
H34
MH
21M
H03
MH
63M
H40
MH
50M
H09
MH
04M
H44
MH
36M
H95
MH
53M
H22
MH
37M
H35
MH
74M
H15
MH
93M
H65
MH
64M
H33
MH
24M
H41
MH
26M
H54
MH
57M
H18
MH
23M
H10
MH
05M
H27
MH
56M
H58
MH
02M
H20
MH
84M
H94
MH
61M
H85
MH
92M
H60
MH
83M
H39
MH
11M
H67
MH
08M
H42
MH
32M
H19
MH
51M
H55
MH
06M
H66
MH
28M
H01
MH
16M
H59
MH
12M
H70
MH
38M
H71
MH
43
Adult acute spend on Bank and Agency (as a % of total spend on staffing)
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
MH
45
MH
69
MH
04M
H3
3M
H0
3M
H1
7M
H2
6M
H5
5M
H5
0M
H6
3M
H5
2M
H1
8M
H6
4M
H3
5M
H9
5M
H1
2M
H1
0M
H6
7M
H2
4M
H2
5M
H1
5M
H4
0M
H2
3M
H2
2M
H5
6M
H4
1M
H2
1M
H5
7M
H1
1M
H6
1M
H7
1M
H6
0M
H2
7M
H5
4M
H3
4M
H8
5M
H1
9M
H3
6M
H4
4M
H0
2M
H8
4M
H2
0M
H8
3M
H5
3M
H3
7M
H16
MH
28
MH
01
MH
43
MH
94
MH
32
MH
42
MH
07M
H0
8M
H6
5M
H7
4M
H3
8M
H0
5
Adult acute WTE vacancies as % of staff in post
Page 73
Community workforce
MH07 Mean Median
MH07: 78
Mean: 84
Median: 80
Upper Q: 97
Lower Q: 73
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 76
Community total WTE per 100,000 registered
population (age 16+)77.6 83.8 80.3
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
MH
01M
H74
MH
71M
H18
MH
28M
H58
MH
32M
H51
MH
43M
H55
MH
94M
H16
MH
83M
H09
MH
93M
H35
MH
41M
H59
MH
92M
H65
MH
42M
H66
MH
08M
H56
MH
37M
H95
MH
15M
H05
MH
06M
H11
MH
70M
H84
MH
60M
H39
MH
29M
H24
MH
69M
H27
MH
02M
H53
MH
67M
H07
MH
72M
H21
MH
34M
H57
MH
61M
H10
MH
12M
H20
MH
38M
H40
MH
03M
H45
MH
44M
H64
MH
36M
H17
MH
33M
H19
MH
23M
H22
MH
63M
H04
MH
25M
H52
MH
26M
H50
MH
54
Community total WTE per 100,000 registered population (age 16+)
The largest determining factor in how many people can be supported in the community is the size of the community workforce. The chart below shows the total community workforce across all team types, benchmarked per 100,000 population age 16+. This figure has shown a reduction in recent years, but 2018/19 saw a marginal increase in total capacity.
Page 74
Peer support workers
MH07: ...
Mean: 0.2
Median: 0.1
Upper Q: 0.4
Lower Q: 0.0
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 77
MH07: 0.7
Mean: 0.6
Median: 0.6
Upper Q: 0.7
Lower Q: 0.3
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 78
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
MH
64
MH
84
MH
83
MH
63
MH
24
MH
27
MH
44
MH
20
MH
23
MH
16
Adult acute peer support workers (paid) per 10 beds
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
MH
24
MH
63
MH
44
MH
15
MH
64
MH
07
MH
18
MH
84
MH
92
MH
08
MH
02
MH
03
MH
65
MH
33
MH
54
MH
16
MH
23
Community - peer support workers (paid) per 100,000 registered population (age 16+)
The inclusion of paid peer support workers within the workforce has gained momentum in recent years, but numbers are still small and most organisations reported they did not have paid peer support workers in post in their adult acute wards, or within their community teams.
Page 75
Finance
MH07 Mean Median National trend
Adult acute cost per bed 152,880£ 144,837£ 143,196£
Generic CMHT cost per patient on the caseload 3,190£ 3,294£ 3,050£
Older adult cost per bed 141,007£ 154,000£ 151,744£
£100,000
£150,000
£200,000
£250,000
£100,000
£150,000
£200,000
£250,000
£300,000
£350,000
Average bed costs have risen steadily over the last 6 years, from £113,055 in 2012/13 to £140,182 in 2017/18. This year's position exceeds this, at £144,837 per adult acute bed, per annum.
Similarly, older adult bed costs have risen from £113,565 in 2012/13 to £134,949 in 2017/18. This year, the figure reached £154,000.
Factors contributing to increases in bed costs may include staffing levels and workforce pay increases and use of bank and agency staff, along with estate and other corporate costs.
Although community costs are lower, these too have seen a rise in recent years. Cost per patient on a Generic CMHT caseload was £2,702 in 2012/13. This rose to £3,367 in 2017/18. This year's figure is £3,294.
Page 76
MH07: £152,880
Mean: £144,837
Median: £143,196
Upper Q: £155,384
Lower Q: £130,804
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 79
MH07: £141,007
Mean: £154,000
Median: £151,744
Upper Q: £170,959
Lower Q: £134,658
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 80
£0
£50,000
£100,000
£150,000
£200,000
£250,000
MH
59M
H69
MH
15M
H65
MH
45M
H21
MH
17M
H20
MH
39M
H25
MH
09M
H41
MH
37M
H50
MH
92M
H05
MH
85M
H67
MH
16M
H07
MH
95M
H52
MH
40M
H23
MH
54M
H63
MH
02M
H56
MH
11M
H22
MH
04M
H06
MH
34M
H35
MH
27M
H33
MH
70M
H10
MH
36M
H12
MH
83M
H93
MH
32M
H94
MH
43M
H64
MH
24M
H26
MH
71M
H01
MH
28M
H18
MH
44M
H60
MH
42M
H53
MH
08M
H03
MH
58M
H51
MH
84M
H19
MH
74M
H29
MH
66M
H61
MH
38
Adult acute cost per bed
£0
£50,000
£100,000
£150,000
£200,000
£250,000
£300,000
£350,000
MH
44M
H61
MH
93M
H41
MH
06M
H12
MH
45M
H52
MH
56M
H65
MH
67M
H15
MH
18M
H26
MH
38M
H25
MH
22M
H17
MH
39M
H08
MH
59M
H02
MH
94M
H32
MH
92M
H42
MH
66M
H19
MH
43M
H37
MH
54M
H20
MH
51M
H33
MH
16M
H40
MH
50M
H11
MH
34M
H74
MH
10M
H09
MH
28M
H04
MH
07M
H27
MH
95M
H35
MH
05M
H36
MH
23M
H71
MH
24M
H83
MH
53M
H03
MH
58M
H64
MH
69M
H29
MH
63M
H01
MH
21M
H70
MH
84M
H60
Older adult cost per bed
£1,000
£2,000
£3,000
£4,000
£5,000
£6,000
£7,000
£8,000
£9,000
Page 77
MH07: £3,190
Mean: £3,294
Median: £3,050
Upper Q: £4,109
Lower Q: £2,294
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 81
£0
£1,000
£2,000
£3,000
£4,000
£5,000
£6,000
£7,000
£8,000
£9,000
MH
17M
H71
MH
65M
H53
MH
69M
H01
MH
92M
H09
MH
93M
H20
MH
19M
H34
MH
37M
H21
MH
50M
H94
MH
28M
H42
MH
41M
H39
MH
66M
H22
MH
15M
H27
MH
23M
H64
MH
02M
H07
MH
32M
H08
MH
56M
H44
MH
95M
H67
MH
84M
H11
MH
38M
H43
MH
33M
H35
MH
12M
H61
MH
16M
H25
MH
52M
H45
MH
74M
H05
MH
54M
H24
MH
29M
H83
MH
59M
H03
MH
10M
H36
MH
58M
H40
MH
26M
H60
MH
70
Generic CMHT cost per patient on the caseload
Page 78
Quality
MH07 Mean Median National trend
Community Teams Patient Satisfaction Score66% 68% 69%
NHS Friends and Family Test (FFT) Patient
Satisfaction Score 98% 87% 90%
100%
100%
The CQC undertake surveys to find out the experience of people who receive care and treatment. One of these covers community mental health teams and reports a position of people whose view was that overall they had a good experience of community mental health services. This year, the average position reported was 68%, taking it below the levels seen in the last 7 years (between 69% and 73%).
The NHS Friends and Family Test was created to help service providers and commissioners understand whether their patients are happy with the service provided, or where improvements are needed. It includes a number of measures of patient and staff satisfaction. This year, participants reported an average patient satisfaction score of 87%.
Page 79
MH07: 66%
Mean: 68%
Median: 69%
Upper Q: 71%
Lower Q: 67%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 82
MH07: 98%
Mean: 87%
Median: 90%
Upper Q: 92%
Lower Q: 85%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 83
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
MH
24M
H18
MH
05M
H20
MH
03M
H92
MH
93M
H04
MH
33M
H38
MH
53M
H12
MH
37M
H17
MH
22M
H40
MH
74M
H28
MH
66M
H10
MH
29M
H63
MH
11M
H56
MH
06M
H57
MH
26M
H64
MH
72M
H44
MH
27M
H21
MH
15M
H65
MH
42M
H19
MH
09M
H50
MH
34M
H39
MH
60M
H45
MH
08M
H23
MH
07M
H94
MH
95M
H25
MH
41M
H52
MH
02M
H54
MH
61M
H32
MH
35M
H36
Community Teams Patient Satisfaction Score
0%10%20%30%40%50%60%70%80%90%
100%
MH
07M
H36
MH
34M
H56
MH
63M
H39
MH
66M
H20
MH
25M
H11
MH
37M
H42
MH
27M
H04
MH
38M
H24
MH
45M
H08
MH
06M
H54
MH
43M
H44
MH
33M
H10
MH
05M
H02
MH
41M
H35
MH
50M
H17
MH
23M
H26
MH
64M
H72
MH
65M
H94
MH
95M
H60
MH
09M
H32
MH
21M
H18
MH
19M
H03
MH
92M
H93
MH
28M
H01
MH
52M
H22
MH
53M
H74
MH
57M
H90
NHS Friends and Family Test (FFT) Patient Satisfaction Score
Page 80
Incidents
MH07 Mean Median National trend
Adult acute restraint per 10,000 occupied bed
days187 103 98
Older adult restraint per 10,000 occupied bed
days112 85 65
Adult acute prone restraint per 10,000 occupied
bed days1 17 11
PICU restraint per 10,000 occupied bed days354 476 426
Older adult prone restraint per 10,000 occupied
bed days1 2 1
PICU prone restraint per 10,000 occupied bed
days3 91 74
100
150
200
250
10
20
30
40
50
60
70Incident rates provide another perspective on the quality of a service, by flagging any areas of concern in an inpatient environment. Because of the differences in patient cohort between services, this data is disaggregated to ward type. The charts on the following page show positions for adult acute, older adult and PICU wards. Participants can explore their positions for all other bed types in the NHS Benchmarking Network Mental Health Toolkit.
Participants have reported clear reductions in use of prone restraint in the last three years.
Page 81
MH07: 187
Mean: 103
Median: 98
Upper Q: 131
Lower Q: 73
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 84
MH07: 1
Mean: 17
Median: 11
Upper Q: 24
Lower Q: 7
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 85
0
50
100
150
200
250
MH
64
MH
60
MH
07
MH
92M
H4
1M
H9
3M
H0
4M
H5
7M
H2
8M
H2
5M
H1
8M
H2
4M
H0
2M
H1
0M
H3
3M
H3
2M
H6
3M
H1
9M
H9
4M
H2
7M
H1
2M
H2
2M
H0
6M
H34
MH
44
MH
52
MH
08
MH
95
MH
55
MH
43
MH
54
MH
53
MH
56
MH
23
MH
01
MH
74
MH
26
MH
21
MH
40
MH
05
MH
45
MH
66
MH
20
MH
71M
H5
0M
H3
6M
H0
3M
H3
5M
H1
1M
H6
5M
H6
1M
H3
7M
H6
7M
H5
8M
H3
8M
H8
3M
H7
0
Adult acute restraint per 10,000 occupied bed days
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
MH
10M
H24
MH
22M
H92
MH
57M
H54
MH
94M
H28
MH
32M
H04
MH
27M
H52
MH
56M
H45
MH
44M
H19
MH
23M
H34
MH
71M
H26
MH
05M
H02
MH
74M
H20
MH
03M
H95
MH
33M
H08
MH
11M
H38
MH
55M
H61
MH
40M
H35
MH
60M
H93
MH
63M
H58
MH
67M
H25
MH
65M
H12
MH
06M
H37
MH
50M
H53
MH
84M
H66
MH
36M
H07
MH
83M
H21
MH
41M
H18
MH
64M
H01
Adult acute prone restraint per 10,000 occupied bed days
100
150
200
250
300
350
10
12
Page 82
MH07: 112
Mean: 85
Median: 65
Upper Q: 110
Lower Q: 33
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 86
MH07: 1
Mean: 2
Median: 1
Upper Q: 3
Lower Q: 0
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 87
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
MH
34
MH
41
MH
28
MH
12
MH
57
MH
93
MH
32
MH
92M
H0
8M
H0
2M
H1
8M
H5
3M
H6
4M
H0
7M
H06
MH
55
MH
65
MH
61
MH
74
MH
58
MH
66
MH
43
MH
37
MH
10
MH
05
MH
26
MH
25
MH
63
MH
56
MH
04
MH
20
MH
35
MH
60
MH
54
MH
27
MH
22
MH
94
MH
45
MH
33
MH
24
MH
21
MH
44M
H4
0M
H6
7M
H1
9M
H3
6M
H1
1M
H2
3M
H03
MH
50
MH
95
MH
83
MH
01
MH
71
MH
38
Older adult restraint per 10,000 occupied bed days
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
MH
93M
H74
MH
28M
H22
MH
10M
H24
MH
05M
H32
MH
45M
H04
MH
54M
H94
MH
27M
H33
MH
44M
H02
MH
58M
H19
MH
35M
H52
MH
63M
H56
MH
12M
H03
MH
26M
H23
MH
66M
H07
MH
95M
H60
MH
40M
H53
MH
67M
H37
MH
08M
H57
MH
36M
H20
MH
92M
H34
MH
11M
H38
MH
21M
H06
MH
61M
H25
MH
41M
H18
MH
65M
H50
MH
64M
H83
MH
71M
H01
Older adult prone restraint per 10,000 occupied bed days
1,000
1,200
1,400
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
Page 83
MH07: 354
Mean: 476
Median: 426
Upper Q: 599
Lower Q: 287
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 88
MH07: 3
Mean: 91
Median: 74
Upper Q: 127
Lower Q: 23
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 89
0
200
400
600
800
1,000
1,200
1,400
MH
55
MH
18
MH
06
MH
08
MH
34
MH
63M
H6
4M
H2
8M
H1
2M
H0
2M
H4
1M
H0
5M
H6
6M
H3
3M
H9
2M
H1
9M
H3
2M
H5
0M
H3
1M
H1
0M
H0
4M
H6
5M
H74
MH
22
MH
57
MH
40
MH
24
MH
54
MH
38
MH
94
MH
01
MH
36
MH
07
MH
45
MH
37
MH
21
MH
61
MH
26
MH
17
MH
20M
H4
4M
H2
3M
H1
1M
H9
5M
H5
2M
H0
3M
H6
7M
H2
5M
H5
8M
H8
3M
H7
0M
H3
5M
H6
0
PICU restraint per 10,000 occupied bed days
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
MH
54M
H10
MH
22M
H19
MH
28M
H05
MH
34M
H32
MH
02M
H17
MH
12M
H74
MH
65M
H04
MH
45M
H24
MH
44M
H52
MH
57M
H08
MH
38M
H63
MH
31M
H92
MH
94M
H20
MH
67M
H03
MH
33M
H11
MH
06M
H23
MH
40M
H35
MH
61M
H37
MH
84M
H50
MH
26M
H66
MH
36M
H25
MH
95M
H83
MH
64M
H07
MH
21M
H41
MH
18M
H60
MH
01
PICU prone restraint per 10,000 occupied bed days
Page 84
Balance of Care
Community
MH07: 49.1%
Mean: 53.2%
Median: 53.3%
Hospital
MH07: 50.9%
Mean: 46.8%
Median: 46.7%
Figure 90
Community
MH07: 90.6%
Mean: 85.7%
Median: 86.8%
Hospital
MH07: 9.4%
Mean: 14.3%
Median: 13.2%
Figure 91
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
MH
63M
H16
MH
18M
H26
MH
45M
H36
MH
54M
H11
MH
67M
H01
MH
37M
H23
MH
34M
H09
MH
52M
H06
MH
59M
H69
MH
19M
H61
MH
07M
H25
MH
74M
H22
MH
28M
H43
MH
40M
H41
MH
05M
H02
MH
10M
H39
MH
94M
H12
MH
03M
H56
MH
17M
H24
MH
35M
H38
MH
95M
H42
MH
70M
H92
MH
08M
H50
MH
15M
H21
MH
53M
H93
MH
58M
H84
MH
44M
H60
MH
29M
H83
MH
32M
H33
MH
65M
H66
MH
27M
H71
MH
64M
H20
Balance of Financial Investment
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
MH
94M
H67
MH
06M
H84
MH
11M
H34
MH
04M
H19
MH
18M
H23
MH
58M
H63
MH
09M
H43
MH
52M
H20
MH
03M
H61
MH
53M
H50
MH
22M
H01
MH
21M
H45
MH
57M
H37
MH
69M
H27
MH
16M
H12
MH
42M
H74
MH
17M
H24
MH
25M
H26
MH
60M
H44
MH
15M
H51
MH
54M
H41
MH
55M
H72
MH
95M
H28
MH
65M
H35
MH
38M
H83
MH
56M
H71
MH
02M
H36
MH
64M
H08
MH
39M
H66
MH
29M
H59
MH
07M
H10
MH
68M
H05
MH
32M
H93
MH
70M
H33
MH
40M
H92
Balance of Activity
There have been small but sustained changes in the balance between inpatient and community services in recent years.
The balance of financial investment has seen a marginal increase in spend on community services as a proportion of overall investment. This year's figure of 53% represents the 5th annual increase, however the pace of change is slow, and the figure in 2013/14 was 51%.
The balance of workforce has continued to move in the opposite direction, likely as a result of safer staffing initiatives dictating minimum levels for inpatient environments (a noticeable increase took place in 2014/15). In 2013/14, participants reported 39% of their workforce was based in a community setting. This has increased to 48% this year, the highest figure reported over the last 6 years.
Page 85
Community
MH07: 55.4%
Mean: 51.6%
Median: 52.5%
Hospital
MH07: 44.6%
Mean: 48.4%
Median: 47.5%
Figure 92
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
MH
36M
H54
MH
52M
H25
MH
16M
H44
MH
69M
H61
MH
23M
H34
MH
18M
H67
MH
95M
H09
MH
02M
H19
MH
94M
H29
MH
05M
H45
MH
41M
H37
MH
01M
H26
MH
74M
H57
MH
10M
H11
MH
51M
H22
MH
53M
H43
MH
03M
H20
MH
60M
H38
MH
28M
H63
MH
65M
H24
MH
83M
H07
MH
17M
H06
MH
84M
H15
MH
92M
H40
MH
39M
H04
MH
58M
H70
MH
50M
H55
MH
12M
H35
MH
21M
H59
MH
32M
H42
MH
27M
H56
MH
33M
H93
MH
08M
H71
MH
64
Balance of Workforce
Page 86
Conclusion
The NHS Benchmarking Network are delighted to publish the 2019 edition of our mental health benchmarking report. The report provides a state of the nation view of NHS specialist mental health services.
We would like to express our thanks to all contributors in the 2019 UK mental health benchmarking process which has again revealed interesting findings for the NHS. The depth and breadth of the data helps to generate confidence in the comparisons discussed in this report. Due to the consistent positions of many data items the focus on interpreting the data has shifted in many places to one of describing time-series changes in the data observed over the last 8 years of annual benchmarking. The 8-year benchmarking horizon allows firm conclusions to be made about overall trends in service demand and provision across the UK over this period.
The discussion of findings often begins with inpatient care and the debate around bed numbers. Data from 2018/19 shows a further stabilisation in capacity for Adult services and a slow down in the rate of bed reductions for inpatient Older People’s care.
Admission rates to Adult services have been reducing steadily over recent years, and this year participants reported a further reduction in capacity in this area in conjunction with an increase in length of stay.
Bed occupancy across most inpatient bed types is now high, with Adult Acute, Older People, PICU, Low Secure, Medium Secure and High Dependency Rehabilitation beds all averaging above the 85% target suggested by RCPsych and the CQC. The only areas where bed occupancy is notably below this level are CAMHS and Mother and Baby.
Each year our benchmarking results reaffirm the position that most service users receive their care in the community setting. Although increases in caseload size for both adult and older adult teams were reported in 2018/19, it should be noted that this year’s data set includes representation from all Health and Social Care Trusts in Northern Ireland for the first time. Northern Irish providers typically provide greater levels of community support per capita than peers in England. The background rate for England this year appears static, though this should be considered in the context of IAPT services which continue to grow and now support around 1.1 million people per annum in England.
Waiting times for community services show much variation by team, with most rapid access provided by Early Intervention in Psychosis and Assertive Outreach services. For Generic CMHTs, the median referral to treatment time is now 7.5 weeks.
The mental health workforce in 2018/19 demonstrates many of the characteristics evident in previous years’ data with providers relying on high levels of bank and agency staff in the inpatient environment. Variations are evident in workforce size and shape which link closely to wider trends in the UK labour market. The gradual switch of registered to unregistered nursing posts also continues.
Analysis of service quality metrics reveals a stable position across most providers. Data from the Friends and Family test in England confirms that 87% of service users say they would recommend services to their friends and family. Analysis of service quality metrics reveals a commitment to transparency in reporting of adverse incidents. Further reductions in the use of prone restraint are particularly pleasing as is a potential “topping out” in the overall level of use of restrictive interventions.
One of the central themes of the benchmarking work is to encourage providers to explore the balance of care between inpatient services and community care. Providers are encouraged to consider how best to ensure an appropriate balance of care between acute and community services. Data on the deployment of the mental health workforce and associated investment confirms an approximately equal split between bed and communitybenchmarking data by reference to key metrics including; waiting times to access community based care and scale of community offer, extent of use of out of area acute beds, and perceptions of service quality reported by service users and carers.
It is an ongoing privilege for the NHS Benchmarking Network to be able to analyse data from member organisations. We hope that the process is a rewarding one for members that provides crucial intelligence for both local assurance and strategy development processes. We look forward to the opportunity to discuss this year’s benchmarking findings with members at our annual mental health benchmarking conference in London on 16th October 2019.
Further comments or questions on any aspect of this report should be addressed to either Stephen Watkins or Zoe Morris on [email protected] or [email protected]
Page 87
The mental health workforce in 2018/19 demonstrates many of the characteristics evident in previous years’ data with providers relying on high levels of bank and agency staff in the inpatient environment. Variations are evident in workforce size and shape which link closely to wider trends in the UK labour market. The gradual switch of registered to unregistered nursing posts also continues.
Analysis of service quality metrics reveals a stable position across most providers. Data from the Friends and Family test in England confirms that 87% of service users say they would recommend services to their friends and family. Analysis of service quality metrics reveals a commitment to transparency in reporting of adverse incidents. Further reductions in the use of prone restraint are particularly pleasing as is a potential “topping out” in the overall level of use of restrictive interventions.
One of the central themes of the benchmarking work is to encourage providers to explore the balance of care between inpatient services and community care. Providers are encouraged to consider how best to ensure an appropriate balance of care between acute and community services. Data on the deployment of the mental health workforce and associated investment confirms an approximately equal split between bed and community-based services. The ability to achieve an appropriate system balance can be tested in the benchmarking data by reference to key metrics including; waiting times to access community based care and scale of community offer, extent of use of out of area acute beds, and perceptions of service quality reported by service users and carers.
It is an ongoing privilege for the NHS Benchmarking Network to be able to analyse data from member organisations. We hope that the process is a rewarding one for members that provides crucial intelligence for both local assurance and strategy development processes. We look forward to the opportunity to discuss this year’s benchmarking findings with members at our annual mental health benchmarking conference in London on 16th October 2019.
Further comments or questions on any aspect of this report should be addressed to either Stephen Watkins or Zoe Morris on [email protected] or [email protected]
Page 88
Index of charts
Figure 1 - Adult acute beds per 100,000 registered population
Figure 2 - Adult acute bed occupancy excluding leave
Figure 3 - Adult acute bed occupancy including leave
Figure 4 - Adult acute admissions per 100,000 registered population
Figure 5 - Adult acute admissions - patients not previously known to services
Figure 6 - Adult acute admissions - patients of no fixed abode (as a % of all patients admitted)
Figure 7 - Adult acute length of stay excluding leave
Figure 8 - Adult acute length of stay including leave
Figure 9 - Proportion of patients discharged with length of stay 0-3 days
Figure 10 - Proportion of patients discharged with length of stay 90 days or longer
Figure 11 - Adult acute admissions under the Mental Health Act
Figure 12 - Adult acute admissions under the Mental Health Act per 100,000 registered population
Figure 13 - Adult acute mean length of stay for Mental Health Act detentions
Figure 14 - Adult acute delayed transfers of care
Figure 15 - Adult acute emergency readmissions
Figure 16 - Older adult beds per 100,000 registered population
Figure 17 - Older adult bed occupancy excluding leave
Figure 18 - Older adult bed occupancy including leave
Figure 19 - Older adult admissions per 100,000 registered population
Figure 20 - Older adult length of stay excluding leave
Figure 21 - Older adult length of stay including leave
Figure 22 - Older adult delayed transfers of care
Figure 23 - Older adult emergency readmissions
Figure 24 - PICU length of stay excluding leave
Figure 25 - PICU bed occupancy excluding leave
Figure 26 - Eating Disorders length of stay excluding leave
Figure 27 - Eating Disorders bed occupancy excluding leave
Figure 28 - Low Secure length of stay excluding leave
Figure 29 - Low Secure bed occupancy excluding leave
Figure 30 - Medium Secure length of stay excluding leave
Figure 31 - Medium Secure bed occupancy excluding leave
Figure 32 - High Dependency Rehabilitation length of stay excluding leave
Figure 33 - High Dependency Rehabilitation bed occupancy excluding leave
Figure 34 - Longer Term Complex / Continuing Care length of stay excluding leave
Figure 35 - Longer Term Complex / Continuing Care bed occupancy excluding leave
Figure 36 - Occupied bed days - clusters 1-8
Figure 37 - Occupied bed days - clusters 10-17
Figure 38 - Occupied bed days - clusters 18-21
Figure 39 - Total community caseload per 100,000 registered population
Figure 40 - Working age adult teams - community caseload per 100,000 registered population
Page 89
Figure 41 - Older adult teams - community caseload per 100,000 registered population
Figure 45 - Total community contacts per 100,000 registered population
Figure 46 - Working age adult teams - community contacts per 100,000 registered population
Figure 47 - Older adult teams - community contacts per 100,000 registered population
Figure 48 - Early Intervention referrals received per 100,000 registered population
Figure 49 - Early Intervention referral acceptance rate
Figure 50 - Early Intervention caseload per 100,000 registered population
Figure 51 - Total staff working in Early Intervention per 100,000 registered population
Figure 52 - Early Intervention teams contacts per patient on the caseload
Figure 53 - Early Intervention team DNA rate
Figure 54 - Length of time on Early Intervention team caseload (months)
Figure 55 - CRHT face to face contacts per 100,000 registered population
Figure 56 - Total staff working in CRHT teams per 100,000 registered population
Figure 57 - Psychiatric liaison contacts per 100,000 registered population
Figure 58 - Total staff working in psychiatric liaison per 100,000 registered population
Figure 59 - Section 136 Assessments per 100,000 registered population
Figure 60 - Community caseload - Clusters 1-8
Figure 61 - Community contacts - Clusters 1-8
Figure 62 - Community caseload - Clusters 10-16
Figure 63 - Community contacts - Clusters 10-16
Figure 64 - Community caseload - Cluster 17
Figure 65 - Community contacts - Cluster 17
Figure 66 - Community caseload - Clusters 18-21
Figure 67 - Community contacts - Clusters 18-21
Figure 68 - Adult acute consultant psychiatrists per 10 beds
Figure 69 - Older adult consultant psychiatrists per 10 beds
Figure 70 - Adult acute registered nurses per 10 beds
Figure 71 - Older adult registered nurses per 10 beds
Figure 72 - Adult acute staff sickness / absence %
Figure 73 - Adult acute staff turnover %
Figure 74 - Adult acute WTE vacancies as % of staff in post
Figure 75 - Adult acute spend on Bank and Agency (as a % of total spend on staffing)
Figure 76 - Community total WTE per 100,000 registered population (age 16+)
Figure 77 - Adult acute peer support workers (paid) per 10 beds
Figure 42 - Proportion of caseload on 31st March 2019 who had at least one F2F contact during previous 3 months -
Generic CMHT
Figure 43 - Proportion of caseload on 31st March 2019 who had at least one F2F contact during previous 3 months - Early
Intervention
Figure 44 - Proportion of caseload on 31st March 2019 who had at least one F2F contact during previous 3 months - Older
People
Page 90
Figure 78 - Community - peer support workers (paid) per 100,000 registered population (age 16+)
Figure 79 - Adult acute cost per bed
Figure 80 - Older adult cost per bed
Figure 81 - Generic CMHT cost per patient on the caseload
Figure 82 - Community Teams Patient Satisfaction Score
Figure 83 - NHS Friends and Family Test (FFT) Patient Satisfaction Score
Figure 84 - Adult acute restraint per 10,000 occupied bed days
Figure 85 - Adult acute prone restraint per 10,000 occupied bed days
Figure 86 - Older adult restraint per 10,000 occupied bed days
Figure 87 - Older adult prone restraint per 10,000 occupied bed days
Figure 88 - PICU restraint per 10,000 occupied bed days
Figure 89 - PICU prone restraint per 10,000 occupied bed days
Page 91
Final Report October 2019
Weighted population
Mental Health Benchmarking
Inpatient and Community Mental Health Benchmarking
Report for MH07
Contents
Section Page
Executive summary 3
Bed profile 5
Dashboard 6
Introduction 7
Reference Group 8
Participants 9
Terms of reference 11
Adult Acute 12
Older Adult 28
Specialist beds 35
Cluster profiling 42
Community care 44
Early Intervention 52
Crisis care 57
Community clustering 61
Workforce 66
Finance 73
Quality 76
Incidents 78
Balance of Care 82
Conclusion 84
Index of charts 86
Mental Health Benchmarking
Inpatient and Community Mental Health
Executive Summary
Length of stay - national position
3032 32 33
31 31 32
67
72 7274
7674
70
49
4345
50
46 46
42
2012/13 2013/14 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19
Adult Acute Older Adult PICU
Length of stay for PICU and older adult acute beds has reduced this year. Figures for adult acute ALOS have increased, although remain within the parameters that have been seen in recent years.
This report provides an overview of the findings from this year's NHS Benchmarking Network Mental Health project. The key findings are summarised on the following pages at national level. This is followed by a bespoke dashboard showing your organisation's unique position on key metrics.
Page 3
Bed occupancy - national position
95%88% 90%
78%93% 94%
87%78%
64% 68%74% 76%
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
120%
Ad
ult
Acu
te
Old
er A
du
lt
PIC
U
Eati
ng
Dis
ord
ers
Low
Se
cure
Med
ium
Sec
ure
Hig
h D
epen
de
ncy
Re
hab
ilita
tio
n
Lon
ger
Ter
m C
om
ple
x/C
on
tin
uin
g C
are
Mo
the
r an
d B
aby
CA
MH
S -
Gen
eral
CA
MH
S -
Eati
ng
Dis
ord
ers
CA
MH
S -
Secu
re
Bed occupancy 2018/19
Including Leave Excluding Leave
85% bed occupancy excluding leave is a level that remains challenging for many bed types, due to the combination of demand, admission levels, length of stay and bed numbers. Tightest bed occupancy is reported in adult acute services, who report an average position of 94.9% excluding leave, but rising to 100% if patients on leave are also included in the figures.
Bed occupancy in other specialties also shows marginal increases in many areas, including old age and secure care.
Adult beds continue to report higher bed occupancy than CAMHS beds, which are included on the chart below for context.
Page 4
Bed Profile - national position of beds by specialty
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 01 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 01 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 01 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 01 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 01 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 01 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Acute admission beds for adults and older adults together represented 56% of the total bed stock
on 31st March 2019. Just under a quarter (22%) of beds were in the Low, Medium and High Secure
categories which remains unchanged since last year. However, this position is for NHS providers
across the UK and does not include a number of independent sector sites who offer a range of
specialist bed types including secure, eating disorder and rehabilitation.
Adult Acute Older Adult PICU Eating Disorders
37% 19% 5% 1%
Mother and Baby Low Secure Medium Secure High Secure
1% 9% 10%
6% 5% 1% 3%
3%
High Dep Rehab Long Term Complex Neuropsychiatry Other MH Beds
Page 5
Dashboard - your organisation's positions
Metric Low High MH07 Mean Median
Adult acute prone restraint per 10,000
occupied bed days1 17 11
Adult acute WTE vacancies as % of staff
in post4% 17% 15%
103 98
Adult acute admissions under the
Mental Health Act
Adult acute weighted nurses per 10
beds10.7 8.2 8.0
Adult acute bed occupancy excluding
leave97% 93% 95%
Adult acute length of stay excluding
leave34
Generic CMHT cost per patient on the
caseload3,190£ 3,294£ 3,050£
Total community contacts per 100,000
weighted population25,471 27,091 25,300
Community total WTE per 100,000
weighted population (age 16+)60 74 70
Older adult length of stay excluding
leave68 70 72
Total community caseload per 100,000
weighted population1188 1483 1323
Older adult beds per 100,000 weighted
population18.2 29.1 24.1
Older adult bed occupancy excluding
leave90% 86% 88%
19.9 19.4
National
Adult acute restraint per 10,000
occupied bed days187
79% 40% 40%
32 32
Adult acute beds per 100,000 weighted
population10.9
Adult acute cost per bed152,880£ 144,837£ 143,196£
The following dashboard shows your organisation's position on key metrics included within this report, compared to other participants. It highlights which quartile your organisation's response falls into when all participants are ranked. It should be noted, however, that on some metrics the range is very small and therefore being high or low is only relative to other responses, and may not signify a high or low outlying position.
Page 6
Introduction
This report examines the state of mental health services in the UK in 2019. It summarises the results of this year's NHS Benchmarking Network Mental Health collection, and provides a commentary on the position of NHS mental health services.
This year brings the highest ever level of participation in the project. In addition to every English Mental Health Trust and every Welsh Health Board, we now also have data from every Health and Social Care Trust in Northern Ireland, along with representation from Scotland and the Channel Islands. This large number of participants provides the critical mass needed to provide robust and comprehensive data about the state of mental health services. The report examines activity from the 2018/19 financial year, supplemented by a number of year-end stocktake positions (for example staff in post on 31st March 2019).
2018/19 marks the eighth consecutive year of benchmarking data collection on adult and older adult mental health services. Building on last year's report, this document offers expanded time series trend analysis on every metric, and allows participants to explore the direction of travel for both inpatient and community services. It also includes a bespoke dashboard showing your organisation's positions on key metrics, in a one page summary.
The benchmarking process has been member driven from its inception, and we would like to acknowledge the contribution made both by member organisations and by the Mental Health Reference Group who continue to shape and champion the mental health benchmarking process.
This is a final report, with validated positions. It forms part of a suite of outputs including:
- Bespoke reports featuring registered population analysis for all participants
- Bespoke reports featuring weighted population analysis for English participants, using the NHS England PRAMH weighting formula which is used in CCG baseline allocations
- A comprehensive, interactive mental health toolkit which provides over 10,000 comparisons and allows all participants the opportunity to drill down into particular areas of interest
Detailed findings will be presented at this year's mental health benchmarking conference which will take place in London on 16th October 2019.
Julian Emms Stephen WatkinsChief Executive DirectorBerkshire Healthcare NHS Foundation Trust NHS Benchmarking Networkand Chair, NHSBN Mental Health Reference Group
Page 7
Reference Group
We would like to thank members of the Mental Health Reference Group who helped shape this year's collection and provided interpretation on findings.
Adrian Clarke NHS WalesAndy Blaxill Hertfordshire Partnership NHS Foundation TrustAnna Foster Northumberland, Tyne and Wear NHS Foundation TrustAnne Thompson Lancashire Care NHS Foundation TrustArokia Antonysamy The Priory GroupBabs Dhillon West London NHS TrustBelinda Iringe-Koko Central and North West London NHS Foundation TrustCatherine Magee Berkshire Healthcare NHS Foundation TrustCheryl Adams North Staffordshire Combined Healthcare NHS TrustChris Lanigan Tees Esk and Wear Valleys NHS Foundation TrustChris Woon 2gether NHS Foundation TrustDawn Painter NHS WalesDonna Hanson Greater Manchester Mental Health NHS Foundation TrustElaine Eannetta Black Country Partnership NHS Foundation TrustJames Thackray Hertfordshire Partnership NHS Foundation TrustJanet McDonald Mersey Care NHS Foundation TrustJason Rowlands Sheffield Health & Social Care NHS Foundation TrustJayne Flynn Coventry and Warwickshire Partnership NHS TrustJoanna Wood Midlands Partnership NHS Foundation TrustJulian Emms Berkshire Healthcare NHS Foundation TrustKeeley Twigg NHS WalesKevin Wilkinson Greater Manchester Mental Health NHS Foundation TrustLea Marsden Betsi Cadwaladr University Health BoardLee Cornell Somerset Partnership NHS Foundation TrustLeon Leroux Lancashire Care NHS Foundation TrustLindsey White Dorset Healthcare University NHS Foundation TrustLyn Sansom 2gether NHS Foundation TrustMandip Bal Black Country Partnership NHS Foundation TrustMark Polczyk-Przybyla South London and Maudsley NHS Foundation TrustMichael Harradine Pennine Care NHS Foundation TrustMike Garnham South West Yorkshire Partnership NHS Foundation TrustMiranda Washington Greater Manchester Mental Health NHS Foundation TrustMohit Venkataram East London NHS Foundation TrustPhilip Horner Lancashire Care NHS Foundation TrustPuneet Kaura Mersey Care NHS Foundation TrustRichard Morris Public Health WalesRony Arafin Devon Partnership NHS TrustSally Wilson Hertfordshire Partnership NHS Foundation TrustSarah Meakin Black Country Partnership NHS Foundation TrustSarah Smith Tees Esk and Wear Valleys NHS Foundation TrustShane Mills NHS WalesToby Rickard Avon and Wiltshire Mental Health Partnership NHS TrustTracy White Central and North West London NHS Foundation Trust
Page 8
Participants
This year, participants include 100% of English Mental Health Trusts, 100% of Welsh University Health Boards, 100% of Northern Ireland Trusts and representation from Scotland, the Channel Islands and the Independent Sector.
Participant organisations for 2019 are as follows:
England
2gether NHS Foundation TrustAvon and Wiltshire Mental Health Partnership NHS TrustBarnet, Enfield and Haringey Mental Health TrustBerkshire Healthcare NHS Foundation TrustBirmingham and Solihull Mental Health NHS Foundation TrustBlack Country Partnership NHS Foundation TrustBradford District Care NHS Foundation TrustCambridgeshire and Peterborough NHS Foundation TrustCamden and Islington NHS Foundation TrustCentral and North West London NHS Foundation TrustCheshire & Wirral Partnership NHS Foundation TrustCornwall Partnership NHS Foundation TrustCoventry & Warwickshire NHS Partnership TrustCumbria Partnership NHS Foundation TrustDerbyshire Healthcare NHS Foundation TrustDevon Partnership NHS TrustDorset HealthCare University NHS Foundation TrustDudley & Walsall Mental Health Partnership NHS TrustEast London NHS Foundation TrustEssex Partnership University NHS Foundation TrustGreater Manchester Mental Health NHS Foundation TrustHertfordshire Partnership University NHS Foundation TrustHumber Teaching NHS Foundation TrustIsle of Wight NHS TrustKent and Medway NHS and Social Care Partnership TrustLancashire Care NHS Foundation TrustLeeds and York Partnership NHS Foundation Trust Leicestershire Partnership NHS TrustLincolnshire Partnership NHS Foundation TrustMersey Care NHS Foundation Trust Midlands Partnership NHS Foundation TrustNorfolk and Suffolk NHS Foundation TrustNorth East London NHS Foundation TrustNorth Staffordshire Combined Healthcare NHS TrustNorthamptonshire Healthcare NHS Foundation Trust
Northumberland, Tyne & Wear NHS Foundation TrustNorth West Boroughs Healthcare NHS Foundation TrustNottinghamshire Healthcare NHS Foundation TrustOxford Health NHS Foundation TrustOxleas NHS Foundation TrustPennine Care NHS Foundation TrustRotherham, Doncaster and South Humber NHS Foundation TrustSheffield Health and Social Care NHS Foundation TrustSolent NHS Trust Somerset Partnership NHS Foundation TrustSouth London and Maudsley NHS Foundation TrustSouth West London & St George's Mental Health NHS TrustSouth West Yorkshire Partnership NHS Foundation TrustSouthern Health NHS Foundation TrustSurrey and Borders Partnership NHS Foundation TrustSussex Partnership NHS Foundation Trust Tees, Esk and Wear Valleys NHS Foundation TrustWest London NHS TrustWorcestershire Health and Care NHS Trust
WalesAneurin Bevan University Health BoardBetsi Cadwaladr University Health BoardCardiff & Vale University Health BoardCwm Taf Morgannwg University Health BoardHywel Dda University Health BoardPowys Teaching Health BoardSwansea Bay University Health Board
ScotlandNHS Greater Glasgow and Clyde
Northern IrelandBelfast Health and Social Care TrustNorthern Health and Social Care TrustSouth Eastern Health and Social Care TrustSouthern Health and Social Care TrustWestern Health and Social Care Trust
Channel IslandsStates of Jersey
OtherCygnet Health CareLivewell SouthwestSt Andrew's Healthcare
Page 9
Northumberland, Tyne & Wear NHS Foundation TrustNorth West Boroughs Healthcare NHS Foundation TrustNottinghamshire Healthcare NHS Foundation TrustOxford Health NHS Foundation TrustOxleas NHS Foundation TrustPennine Care NHS Foundation TrustRotherham, Doncaster and South Humber NHS Foundation TrustSheffield Health and Social Care NHS Foundation TrustSolent NHS Trust Somerset Partnership NHS Foundation TrustSouth London and Maudsley NHS Foundation TrustSouth West London & St George's Mental Health NHS TrustSouth West Yorkshire Partnership NHS Foundation TrustSouthern Health NHS Foundation TrustSurrey and Borders Partnership NHS Foundation TrustSussex Partnership NHS Foundation Trust Tees, Esk and Wear Valleys NHS Foundation TrustWest London NHS TrustWorcestershire Health and Care NHS Trust
WalesAneurin Bevan University Health BoardBetsi Cadwaladr University Health BoardCardiff & Vale University Health BoardCwm Taf Morgannwg University Health BoardHywel Dda University Health BoardPowys Teaching Health BoardSwansea Bay University Health Board
ScotlandNHS Greater Glasgow and Clyde
Northern IrelandBelfast Health and Social Care TrustNorthern Health and Social Care TrustSouth Eastern Health and Social Care TrustSouthern Health and Social Care TrustWestern Health and Social Care Trust
Channel IslandsStates of Jersey
OtherCygnet Health CareLivewell SouthwestSt Andrew's Healthcare
Page 10
Terms of reference
The terms of reference for the project have been developed by the Mental Health Benchmarking Reference Group. They reflect the project’s overall objectives and are reviewed by the reference group on an on-going basis.
The terms of reference for the Mental Health benchmarking project are:
- To develop a specification for benchmarking mental health services - To support members in collecting consistent data - To process data and produce comparisons for member organisations - To validate data and ensure comparisons are robust - To produce detailed analysis reports for members - To support a desktop benchmarking toolkit and other reporting formats for members - To develop conclusions on the results of mental health benchmarking - To help identify and share good practice amongst member organisations - To support on-going improvements within the mental health sector - To facilitate networking and communications amongst member organisations
Wider objectives of contributing to continuous service improvement are taken forward by the NHS Benchmarking Network through the knowledge exchange and networking services provided by the Network.
Mental health is an important aspect of the NHS Benchmarking Network’s wider work programme and will continue as an on-going area of project work in future years. The commitment to enhance and develop the Network’s mental health workstream in upcoming years provides an excellent platform for future service provision to members and engagement with the wider mental health community.
Members should also note that additional products are available to mental health providers that support further analysis on other aspects of services offered by many mental health providers. Examples include CAMHS benchmarking and a range of bespoke projects undertaken with members, including a national stocktake of specialist Perinatal mental health services, recent work on the size and scope of Community Mental Health Services, surveys of the CAMHS and IAPT workforce and a detailed work programme to explore secure mental health services.
Further projects of interest to mental health provider organisations include projects on learning disabilities, community physical healthcare services and pharmacy, which contain elements of relevance to many Trusts and Health Boards. All of these products can be accessed from the NHS Benchmarking Network's website.
www.nhsbenchmarking.nhs.uk
Page 11
Adult Acute
MH07 Mean Median
Adult acute length of stay excluding leave
40%
44.7 45.0
8%
36 34.8 36
98.9 80.7 80.8
2% 5% 4%
4%
34
79%
9%
Adult acute admissions - patients of no fixed
abode
Adult acute length of stay including leave
Adult acute admissions under the Mental Health
Act
Adult acute admissions under the Mental Health
Act per 100,000 registered population
Adult acute length of stay for Mental Health Act
detentions
2%1%
40%
Adult acute bed occupancy including leave
Adult acute admissions per 100,000 registered
population
Adult acute admissions - patients not previously
known to services
Adult acute delayed transfers of care
Adult acute emergency readmissions
Adult acute bed occupancy excluding leave97% 93% 95%
Adult acute beds per 100,000 weighted
population19.9 19.410.9
100%
34.0
101%104%
125 226
31.6
194
... 16% 14%
2%
32.3
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
Em
Page 12
MH07: 10.9
Mean: 19.9
Median: 19.4
Upper Q: 22.3
Lower Q: 16.2
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 1
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
MH
18M
H68
MH
12M
H85
MH
95M
H53
MH
84M
H93
MH
42M
H61
MH
23M
H74
MH
39M
H32
MH
69M
H26
MH
70M
H01
MH
67M
H06
MH
66M
H43
MH
11M
H58
MH
56M
H29
MH
92M
H37
MH
55M
H83
MH
72M
H57
MH
15M
H36
MH
19M
H94
MH
41M
H51
MH
64M
H28
MH
35M
H16
MH
40M
H63
MH
08M
H59
MH
52M
H03
MH
34M
H38
MH
24M
H25
MH
02M
H09
MH
44M
H17
MH
50M
H05
MH
27M
H71
MH
54M
H22
MH
20M
H65
MH
45M
H33
MH
10M
H21
MH
60M
H04
MH
07
Adult acute beds per 100,000 weighted population
The largest bed type for most providers is their adult acute bed stock. These beds form part of the core service offer from NHS Trusts and Health Boards, and are predominantly designed to serve a working age (16 - 64) cohort. Older adult acute beds provide a similar function for older people (age 65 and over) and these are discussed in the next section.
Adult acute beds support service users with a broad range of mental health conditions. This is in contrast to specialist beds which may support a specific cohort of patients, for example those with eating disorders or people on a forensic / criminal justice pathway. These specialist beds are profiled later in the report.
In recent years, providers have reported a reduction in adult acute bed numbers although this has now stabilised. In 2011/12, there were 23 adult acute beds per 100,000 population age 16-64. This year, participants reported an average position of 19.4 beds, consistent with the levels reported over the last 6 years.
The table below highlights your position compared to local and national peers. The map on the following page shows the geographical distribution of adult acute beds. Both use a stocktake position of beds in the system on 31st March 2019. Regional variations are evident in the data.
Em
Page 13
Adult Acute beds per 100,000 weighted population
11 44
© NHS Benchmarking Network 2019
Greater London
Channel Islands
Page 14
Adule Acute Bed Occupancy
MH07: 97.4%
Mean: 92.7%
Median: 94.9%
Upper Q: 97.7%
Lower Q: 88.2%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 2
MH07: 104.1%
Mean: 101.1%
Median: 100.0%
Upper Q: 107.5%
Lower Q: 96.0%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 3
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
MH
44M
H27
MH
61M
H67
MH
59M
H51
MH
70M
H83
MH
72M
H11
MH
26M
H39
MH
71M
H21
MH
64M
H33
MH
05M
H74
MH
07M
H50
MH
03M
H10
MH
57M
H54
MH
36M
H38
MH
41M
H20
MH
22M
H23
MH
37M
H35
MH
65M
H04
MH
32M
H18
MH
08M
H24
MH
92M
H25
MH
42M
H29
MH
84M
H01
MH
19M
H09
MH
45M
H40
MH
12M
H58
MH
94M
H02
MH
95M
H15
MH
34M
H93
MH
56M
H43
MH
63M
H52
MH
28M
H53
MH
66M
H55
MH
60M
H06
Adult acute bed occupancy excluding leave
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
120%
140%
MH
71M
H59
MH
20M
H51
MH
33M
H01
MH
61M
H70
MH
11M
H54
MH
10M
H65
MH
50M
H23
MH
26M
H22
MH
36M
H27
MH
64M
H72
MH
19M
H94
MH
07M
H21
MH
67M
H52
MH
58M
H39
MH
32M
H03
MH
56M
H12
MH
37M
H18
MH
44M
H40
MH
38M
H35
MH
24M
H57
MH
83M
H04
MH
92M
H74
MH
41M
H84
MH
05M
H43
MH
09M
H29
MH
85M
H45
MH
08M
H16
MH
53M
H34
MH
15M
H95
MH
02M
H68
MH
66M
H93
MH
25M
H42
MH
28M
H55
MH
69M
H63
MH
60M
H06
Adult acute bed occupancy including leave
Bed occupancy figures show the number of days in a year that beds were occupied, as a proportion of all available beds. This allows services flexibility where beds were temporarily open or closed for portions of the year. Bed occupancy excluding leave cannot exceed 100%. However, when leave days are included, the figure can rise above this as an inpatient bed may be re-allocated while a patient has a period of leave.
Participants have reported bed occupancy increasing in recent years, from 91% in 2011/12. This year's median average position is 94.9% and 100% when leave is included.
Page 15
Adult Acute Admissions
MH07: 125.1
Mean: 226.1
Median: 194.4
Upper Q: 273.6
Lower Q: 159.9
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 4
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
MH
85M
H18
MH
58M
H67
MH
55M
H12
MH
06M
H42
MH
83M
H95
MH
19M
H69
MH
61M
H45
MH
94M
H93
MH
84M
H60
MH
59M
H53
MH
23M
H35
MH
01M
H25
MH
63M
H68
MH
15M
H08
MH
26M
H39
MH
34M
H32
MH
74M
H03
MH
70M
H72
MH
21M
H16
MH
43M
H66
MH
50M
H37
MH
51M
H64
MH
11M
H38
MH
41M
H71
MH
44M
H56
MH
52M
H24
MH
22M
H92
MH
29M
H65
MH
02M
H28
MH
20M
H27
MH
04M
H54
MH
57M
H40
MH
09M
H36
MH
07M
H05
MH
17M
H33
MH
10Adult acute admissions per 100,000 weighted population
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
0%
1%
2%
3%
4%
5%
6%
7%
Admission rates triangulate with bed numbers and length of stay to give an overall picture of an inpatient service. This year's median average position is 194.4 admission per 100,000 weighted population.
Admissions are also profiled by patients not previously known to services. In this context, this means admissions for anyone who has not been admitted to a Trust mental health bed before, and has not been on a community mental health team caseload. This year, admissions for this cohort accounted for 14.0% of all patients admitted.
Rates of admissions for patients of no fixed abode remain steady, but the chart highlights the regional variation seen on this metric, suggesting particular challenges in certain areas.
Page 16
MH07: ...
Mean: 16.3%
Median: 14.0%
Upper Q: 21.8%
Lower Q: 7.3%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 5
MH07: 1.1%
Mean: 2.3%
Median: 1.9%
Upper Q: 3.1%
Lower Q: 1.1%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 6
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
MH
06
MH
17
MH
24
MH
95
MH
94
MH
45
MH
74
MH
93
MH
63
MH
18
MH
43
MH
53
MH
11
MH
65
MH
23
MH
44
MH
03
MH
92
MH
05
MH
27
MH
37
MH
33
MH
26
MH
69
MH
22
MH
04
MH
52
MH
58
MH
61
MH
72
MH
35
MH
41
MH
10
MH
59
MH
51
MH
25
MH
57
MH
21
MH
38
MH
28
MH
56
MH
16
MH
08
MH
36M
H0
2M
H1
9M
H1
5M
H2
0M
H4
2
Adult acute admissions - patients not previously known to services (as a % of all patients admitted)
0%
1%
2%
3%
4%
5%
6%
7%
MH
11M
H19
MH
21M
H74
MH
23M
H27
MH
44M
H68
MH
12M
H38
MH
61M
H71
MH
41M
H53
MH
72M
H45
MH
22M
H94
MH
28M
H10
MH
24M
H59
MH
92M
H33
MH
65M
H43
MH
02M
H32
MH
70M
H56
MH
03M
H67
MH
17M
H95
MH
66M
H83
MH
25M
H54
MH
35M
H40
MH
51M
H37
MH
20M
H69
MH
84M
H07
MH
93M
H18
MH
58M
H57
MH
06M
H26
MH
39M
H05
MH
42M
H01
MH
08M
H15
MH
04M
H16
MH
63
Adult acute admissions - patients of no fixed abode (as a % of all patients admitted)
Page 17
Adult Acute Length of Stay
MH07: 34.0
Mean: 31.6
Median: 32.3
Upper Q: 39.0
Lower Q: 24.7
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 7
MH07: 36.0
Mean: 34.8
Median: 36.0
Upper Q: 42.0
Lower Q: 26.0
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 8
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
MH
40M
H17
MH
19M
H36
MH
05M
H10
MH
27M
H57
MH
41M
H33
MH
74M
H56
MH
11M
H29
MH
54M
H70
MH
51M
H37
MH
39M
H02
MH
24M
H92
MH
04M
H23
MH
26M
H43
MH
28M
H07
MH
20M
H44
MH
22M
H52
MH
72M
H38
MH
95M
H32
MH
16M
H84
MH
65M
H71
MH
53M
H34
MH
93M
H61
MH
59M
H15
MH
35M
H69
MH
03M
H42
MH
01M
H18
MH
21M
H25
MH
94M
H09
MH
67M
H63
MH
06M
H58
MH
60M
H45
MH
55M
H66
Adult acute length of stay excluding leave
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
MH
17M
H40
MH
19M
H36
MH
68M
H10
MH
56M
H11
MH
33M
H38
MH
54M
H70
MH
51M
H29
MH
37M
H27
MH
05M
H57
MH
41M
H23
MH
74M
H12
MH
52M
H39
MH
02M
H43
MH
20M
H64
MH
28M
H24
MH
26M
H04
MH
71M
H07
MH
22M
H32
MH
95M
H65
MH
44M
H72
MH
50M
H53
MH
84M
H59
MH
34M
H94
MH
15M
H69
MH
93M
H61
MH
35M
H09
MH
03M
H21
MH
08M
H18
MH
42M
H06
MH
83M
H01
MH
25M
H66
MH
67M
H63
MH
58M
H60
MH
55M
H45
MH
85
Adult acute length of stay including leave
Length of stay for adult acute beds sees variation on both a year to year basis and within year across different participants. However, over the last 8 years, national average positions have remained within the range 30 to 33 days. This year's position is 31.6 days excluding leave. When leave days are included, this rises to 34.8 days.
The following page shows the regional variation on this metric.
Adult acute mean length of stay (excluding leave)
9 55
© NHS Benchmarking Network 2019
Greater London
Channel Islands
Page 18
Length of stay
0 - 3 days
4 - 13 days
14 - 59 days
60 days or longer
60 - 89 days
90 days or longer
In addition to average length of stay across all admissions, it can be useful to consider the profile of patients in an individual provider. The table below shows national average positions for length of stay, broken down by time period.
The charts on the following page show individual participant positions on the proportion of patients with very short (0
Adult acute mean length of stay (excluding leave)
9 55
© NHS Benchmarking Network 2019
Greater London
Channel Islands
Page 19
Length of stay 2016/17 2017/18 2018/19
0 - 3 days 16% 16% 15%
4 - 13 days 31% 31% 30%
14 - 59 days 38% 39% 40%
60 days or longer 15% 14% x
60 - 89 days x x 7%
90 days or longer x x 8%
National trend
10%
15%
20%
25%
30%
35%
40%
45%
10%
12%
14%
16%
In addition to average length of stay across all admissions, it can be useful to consider the profile of patients in an individual provider. The table below shows national average positions for length of stay, broken down by time period.
The charts on the following page show individual participant positions on the proportion of patients with very short (0 - 3 days) and very long (90 days or over) stays.
Page 20
MH07: 6.8%
Mean: 15.2%
Median: 13.2%
Upper Q: 17.8%
Lower Q: 9.7%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 9
MH07: 5.3%
Mean: 7.9%
Median: 8.0%
Upper Q: 9.9%
Lower Q: 5.4%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 10
0%
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
30%
35%
40%
45%
MH
06
MH
58
MH
01
MH
45
MH
61
MH
71
MH
19M
H6
0M
H5
9M
H6
3M
H6
7M
H42
MH
21
MH
94
MH
25
MH
03
MH
15M
H6
9M
H2
4M
H7
2M
H1
8M
H35
MH
74
MH
93
MH
51
MH
34
MH
16M
H0
8M
H1
7M
H2
6M
H5
2M
H12
MH
22
MH
27
MH
95
MH
23
MH
02M
H5
7M
H2
8M
H3
7M
H8
4M
H32
MH
11
MH
38
MH
43
MH
04
MH
44M
H6
4M
H5
3M
H1
0M
H0
5M
H36
MH
65
MH
56
MH
54
MH
70
MH
39M
H3
3M
H0
7M
H4
1M
H9
2M
H40
MH
20
MH
29
MH
09
Proportion of patients discharged with length of stay 0-3 days
0%
2%
4%
6%
8%
10%
12%
14%
16%
MH
40M
H20
MH
36M
H17
MH
51M
H41
MH
92M
H57
MH
32M
H39
MH
33M
H74
MH
10M
H27
MH
64M
H18
MH
23M
H11
MH
12M
H29
MH
26M
H54
MH
24M
H71
MH
37M
H56
MH
70M
H28
MH
05M
H22
MH
72M
H53
MH
38M
H52
MH
95M
H43
MH
65M
H16
MH
61M
H59
MH
09M
H04
MH
84M
H34
MH
03M
H35
MH
58M
H15
MH
01M
H07
MH
21M
H02
MH
42M
H44
MH
93M
H25
MH
94M
H19
MH
63M
H06
MH
69M
H08
MH
67M
H60
MH
45
Proportion of patients discharged with length of stay 90 days or longer
Page 21
Occupied Bed Days
MH07 Mean Median National trend
Proportion of OBDs (excluding leave) for patients
discharged with length of stay 0-3 days 0% 2% 1% Not available
Proportion of OBDs (excluding leave) for patients
discharged with length of stay 14-59 days 45% 37% 37% Not available
Proportion of OBDs (excluding leave) for patients
discharged with length of stay 4-13 days 6% 10% 9% Not available
Proportion of OBDs (excluding leave) for patients
discharged with length of stay 90 days or longer 29% 37% 38% Not available
Proportion of OBDs (excluding leave) for patients
discharged with length of stay 60-89 days 19% 14% 14% Not available
Participants reported the proportion of their OBDs in adult acute beds that could be attributed to patients with different lengths of stay. Individual positions can be explored further in the Mental Health Benchmarking Toolkit. The chart below illustrates the comparison between proportion of patients in each length of stay band and the proportion of OBDs each cohort occupied. This shows that although 15% of patients are discharged within 0-3 days, they only occupy 1% of bed days. At the other end of the scale, only 8% of patients stay 90 days or longer in adult acute beds, but this group occupy 41% of all bed days on these wards. Patients that stay 60 days or more account for 14% of admissions but 55% of bed days.
15%
31%
40%
6% 8%
1%
8%
36%
14%
41%
0-3
day
s
4-1
3 d
ays
14 -
59
day
s
60 -
89
day
s
90 d
ays
or
lon
ger
Discharges by LOS and OBD profile
Patients discharged
OBDs
Page 22
Mental Health Act
MH07: 79.1%
Mean: 40.2%
Median: 39.9%
Upper Q: 51.8%
Lower Q: 29.6%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 11
MH07: 98.9
Mean: 80.7
Median: 80.8
Upper Q: 96.1
Lower Q: 64.6
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 12
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
MH
07M
H33
MH
17M
H11
MH
36M
H09
MH
29M
H22
MH
44M
H43
MH
65M
H28
MH
10M
H92
MH
52M
H05
MH
41M
H57
MH
32M
H40
MH
56M
H20
MH
39M
H12
MH
24M
H23
MH
25M
H27
MH
38M
H94
MH
03M
H64
MH
02M
H68
MH
19M
H01
MH
37M
H18
MH
08M
H74
MH
51M
H50
MH
53M
H06
MH
45M
H60
MH
63M
H26
MH
93M
H69
MH
42M
H15
MH
95M
H35
MH
54M
H21
MH
71M
H61
MH
72M
H84
MH
04M
H59
MH
70M
H67
MH
83M
H55
MH
58M
H66
Adult acute admissions under the Mental Health Act
0
50
100
150
200
MH
18M
H12
MH
06M
H23
MH
19M
H94
MH
43M
H11
MH
25M
H32
MH
39M
H42
MH
44M
H22
MH
07M
H29
MH
01M
H45
MH
68M
H95
MH
69M
H53
MH
52M
H60
MH
93M
H65
MH
41M
H92
MH
33M
H03
MH
28M
H08
MH
09M
H36
MH
17M
H56
MH
63M
H74
MH
24M
H64
MH
38M
H37
MH
26M
H35
MH
20M
H57
MH
15M
H05
MH
50M
H27
MH
40M
H51
MH
02M
H61
MH
10M
H84
MH
21M
H67
MH
59M
H71
MH
55M
H83
MH
72M
H54
MH
58M
H70
MH
04M
H66
Adult acute admissions under the Mental Health Act per 100,000 weighted population
100
120
Analysis of use of the Mental Health Act shows that 40.2% of admissions to adult acute beds in 2018/19 were for patients who were detained at the point of their admission. In addition to this, some patients are admitted on a voluntary basis but then subject to detention during their episode of care.
It is also useful to consider background detention rates relative to population size, as these are less influenced by bed numbers and admission rates. In 2018/19 there were 80.7 admissions to adult acute beds under the Mental Health Act per 100,000 population age 16-64. Some regional variation is evident in this data although other determinants are evident including access to community care, and clinical practice.
Page 23
MH07: 34.0
Mean: 44.7
Median: 45.0
Upper Q: 51.1
Lower Q: 36.2
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 13
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
MH
17M
H70
MH
59M
H26
MH
54M
H38
MH
19M
H11
MH
10M
H23
MH
51M
H36
MH
74M
H37
MH
24M
H56
MH
05M
H57
MH
52M
H27
MH
61M
H28
MH
68M
H29
MH
15M
H95
MH
02M
H39
MH
72M
H20
MH
84M
H22
MH
04M
H92
MH
53M
H33
MH
43M
H65
MH
42M
H35
MH
94M
H32
MH
71M
H06
MH
44M
H18
MH
93M
H25
MH
07M
H08
MH
03M
H21
MH
66M
H01
MH
41M
H69
MH
60M
H09
MH
63M
H55
MH
45
Adult acute mean length of stay for Mental Health Act detentions
Adult Acute admissions under the Mental Health Act per 100,000 weighted population
9 178
© NHS Benchmarking Network 2019
Greater London
Channel Islands
Page 24
Adult Acute Delayed Transfers of Care
MH07: 2.0%
Mean: 4.9%
Median: 4.1%
Upper Q: 7.0%
Lower Q: 2.0%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 14
0%
2%
4%
6%
8%
10%
12%
14%
16%
MH
39M
H21
MH
57M
H05
MH
71M
H43
MH
44M
H06
MH
27M
H67
MH
03M
H25
MH
26M
H72
MH
52M
H20
MH
33M
H37
MH
42M
H64
MH
10M
H53
MH
24M
H60
MH
50M
H59
MH
35M
H04
MH
66M
H83
MH
36M
H28
MH
11M
H18
MH
22M
H15
MH
23M
H38
MH
55M
H40
MH
12M
H92
MH
93M
H07
MH
63M
H74
MH
45M
H19
MH
32M
H95
MH
08M
H34
MH
41M
H29
MH
56M
H94
MH
54M
H65
Adult acute delayed transfers of care
Participants continue to report inconsistencies in the measuring of delays, in particular the point at which a delay is formally acknowledged.
This chart measures delayed transfers of care as a percentage of all occupied bed days. The 2018/19 average of 4.1% can be compared to 4.2% in 2017/18 and 5.6% the year prior to that. The chart shows considerable variation which may be impacted by both clarity and consistency of reporting, and underlying service models and patient flow.
Page 25
Adult Acute Emergency Readmissions
MH07: 3.9%
Mean: 8.8%
Median: 8.1%
Upper Q: 10.9%
Lower Q: 5.9%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 15
0%
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
MH
58M
H55
MH
18M
H59
MH
06M
H60
MH
53M
H34
MH
45M
H71
MH
84M
H04
MH
01M
H16
MH
74M
H61
MH
26M
H37
MH
42M
H51
MH
93M
H21
MH
25M
H19
MH
11M
H35
MH
05M
H28
MH
41M
H56
MH
23M
H67
MH
36M
H94
MH
15M
H92
MH
27M
H38
MH
72M
H33
MH
69M
H52
MH
50M
H54
MH
57M
H20
MH
12M
H02
MH
68M
H08
MH
39M
H22
MH
10M
H03
MH
95M
H24
MH
09M
H64
MH
70M
H65
MH
07M
H43
MH
44M
H63
Adult acute emergency readmissions
"Emergency readmissions" refers to unplanned or unexpected readmission to an adult acute bed of people discharged from an adult acute bed within the last 28 or 30 days (depending on local definitions). The figure is calculated as a percentage of overall admissions. This year, 8.1% of admissions to adult acute beds were emergency readmissions for patients recently discharged. This figure remained between 8.4% and 10% of admissions in the 7 years to 2017/18. The reduction in emergency readmissions is welcomed and marks a significant improvement on previous years.
Page 26
Follow Up Post Discharge
MH07 Mean Median National trend
Percentage of CPA patients having a first follow-
up appointment within 3 days of discharge from
in-patient care56% 73% 72% Not available
Percentage of all patients having a first follow-up
appointment within 3 days of discharge from in-
patient care
Percentage of CPA patients having a first follow-
up appointment within 7 days of discharge from
in-patient care
Percentage of all patients having a first follow-up
appointment within 7 days of discharge from in-
patient care
62%
93%
91%
Not available
Not available
Not available
72% 73%
91% 94%
93% 96%
Members of the mental health benchmarking reference group requested the inclusion of new metrics concerning follow up appointments for patients discharged from inpatient care.
Categories include patients on CPA and all patients, and follow up within 3 days and 7 days of discharge. The figures suggest that in most circumstances, follow up occurs within 3 days, with only a small proportion of patients first followed up between 4 and 7 days post discharge.
Early follow up post discharge has been identified as a key safety issue by The National Confidential Inquiry into Suicide and Safety in Mental Health. The strong performance on 3-day follow up is welcomed and confirms the commitment of many providers to reducing risks in the post-discharge period.
Participants can explore their individual positions on these metrics further using the NHS Benchmarking Network Mental Health Toolkit.
Page 27
Older Adult
MH07 Mean Median
Older adult delayed transfers of care
Older adult emergency readmissions2% 3% 3%
Older adult length of stay including leave72 76 76
8% 7%21%
Older adult admissions per 100,000 weighted
population59 119 97
Older adult length of stay excluding leave68 70.3 72.0
Older adult bed occupancy excluding leave90% 86% 88%
Older adult bed occupancy including leave94% 90% 92%
National trend
Older adult beds per 100,000 weighted
population18.2 29.1 24.1
Key metrics for older adult inpatient care also tell a story of effective management of capacity at a time of system pressure. Inpatient bed capacity has reduced marginally in the last year but this has been delivered alongside reductions in average length of stay.
Page 28
Older Adult Beds
MH07: 18.2
Mean: 29.1
Median: 24.1
Upper Q: 31.2
Lower Q: 17.7
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 16
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
MH
69M
H51
MH
71M
H83
MH
68M
H01
MH
55M
H43
MH
58M
H16
MH
67M
H59
MH
53M
H45
MH
61M
H04
MH
72M
H57
MH
93M
H34
MH
36M
H20
MH
23M
H26
MH
60M
H39
MH
18M
H28
MH
74M
H64
MH
05M
H29
MH
66M
H37
MH
32M
H84
MH
24M
H94
MH
63M
H35
MH
03M
H65
MH
02M
H41
MH
08M
H11
MH
95M
H56
MH
54M
H07
MH
92M
H42
MH
21M
H27
MH
52M
H25
MH
06M
H09
MH
10M
H40
MH
70M
H50
MH
17M
H19
MH
15M
H12
MH
33M
H22
MH
44M
H38
Older adult beds per 100,000 weighted population
Older adult beds have shown a marginal decline, though rates relative to population size are still much larger than for adult acute. There were 24.1 older adult beds per 100,000 population age 65 and older, compared to 19.4 adult acute beds per 100,000 population age 16 to 64.
Page 29
Older Adult Bed Occupancy
MH07: 90.0%
Mean: 86.0%
Median: 88.2%
Upper Q: 92.2%
Lower Q: 82.5%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 17
MH07: 93.9%
Mean: 90.3%
Median: 91.9%
Upper Q: 96.5%
Lower Q: 85.7%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 18
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
MH
67M
H03
MH
74M
H51
MH
27M
H02
MH
92M
H10
MH
41M
H95
MH
59M
H24
MH
44M
H54
MH
09M
H57
MH
19M
H26
MH
42M
H25
MH
64M
H05
MH
11M
H43
MH
07M
H61
MH
60M
H40
MH
50M
H39
MH
04M
H32
MH
38M
H84
MH
23M
H45
MH
36M
H15
MH
22M
H01
MH
93M
H06
MH
37M
H08
MH
83M
H35
MH
65M
H29
MH
18M
H20
MH
63M
H70
MH
12M
H72
MH
52M
H21
MH
94M
H53
MH
56M
H34
MH
58M
H33
MH
71M
H28
MH
66M
H55
Older adult bed occupancy excluding leave
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
120%
MH
61M
H02
MH
10M
H67
MH
03M
H54
MH
45M
H92
MH
09M
H36
MH
74M
H40
MH
43M
H24
MH
84M
H51
MH
27M
H26
MH
19M
H59
MH
44M
H41
MH
64M
H32
MH
11M
H95
MH
07M
H39
MH
57M
H50
MH
42M
H25
MH
15M
H04
MH
22M
H60
MH
23M
H05
MH
18M
H70
MH
06M
H38
MH
93M
H08
MH
65M
H94
MH
12M
H69
MH
35M
H20
MH
37M
H52
MH
29M
H53
MH
01M
H63
MH
83M
H72
MH
34M
H16
MH
56M
H68
MH
21M
H33
MH
58M
H71
MH
28M
H66
MH
55
Older adult bed occupancy including leave
Bed occupancy for older adult beds should be seen in the context of higher rates of bed provision compared to adult acute services. In 2018/19, participants reported bed occupancy of 88.2% excluding leave in older adult services. This is notably below the figure of 94.9% reported in adult acute beds.
The 88.2% position reported in old age services is the highest reported in the 8 year history of the benchmarking project, confirming ongoing increases in capacity utilisation.
Page 30
Older Adult Admissions
MH07: 59.4
Mean: 118.9
Median: 96.5
Upper Q: 146.5
Lower Q: 67.1
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 19
050
100150200250300350400450500
MH
69M
H71
MH
83M
H51
MH
43M
H55
MH
67M
H58
MH
93M
H59
MH
61M
H01
MH
60M
H84
MH
45M
H16
MH
26M
H04
MH
66M
H68
MH
03M
H36
MH
53M
H39
MH
18M
H94
MH
20M
H24
MH
72M
H34
MH
11M
H63
MH
64M
H57
MH
35M
H29
MH
02M
H65
MH
32M
H27
MH
19M
H08
MH
23M
H54
MH
37M
H50
MH
95M
H74
MH
42M
H56
MH
06M
H28
MH
70M
H25
MH
21M
H17
MH
10M
H41
MH
07M
H40
MH
09M
H15
MH
44M
H92
MH
22M
H52
MH
05M
H33
MH
38M
H12
Older adult admissions per 100,000 weighted population
Older adult admission rates reflect both diminishing bed availability and higher length of stay in the old age sector. This year's median position is 96.5 per 100,000 weighted population.
Page 31
Older Adult Length of Stay
MH07: 68.0
Mean: 70.3
Median: 72.0
Upper Q: 84.0
Lower Q: 57.5
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 20
MH07: 72.0
Mean: 75.9
Median: 76.0
Upper Q: 89.0
Lower Q: 62.0
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 21
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
MH
23M
H57
MH
40M
H41
MH
74M
H05
MH
52M
H38
MH
17M
H10
MH
20M
H29
MH
34M
H02
MH
37M
H28
MH
01M
H70
MH
69M
H25
MH
72M
H92
MH
95M
H42
MH
33M
H65
MH
04M
H54
MH
26M
H59
MH
16M
H35
MH
56M
H53
MH
43M
H58
MH
07M
H15
MH
39M
H36
MH
24M
H22
MH
06M
H67
MH
63M
H11
MH
27M
H84
MH
94M
H21
MH
61M
H19
MH
03M
H32
MH
71M
H18
MH
60M
H55
MH
44M
H45
MH
93M
H09
MH
66
Older adult length of stay excluding leave
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
MH
12M
H51
MH
23M
H57
MH
40M
H52
MH
68M
H74
MH
41M
H05
MH
34M
H17
MH
70M
H69
MH
10M
H20
MH
02M
H28
MH
29M
H64
MH
37M
H33
MH
72M
H92
MH
95M
H25
MH
65M
H54
MH
01M
H42
MH
38M
H26
MH
36M
H56
MH
04M
H35
MH
53M
H59
MH
43M
H39
MH
07M
H58
MH
15M
H08
MH
24M
H22
MH
50M
H06
MH
11M
H63
MH
67M
H84
MH
27M
H61
MH
94M
H19
MH
32M
H21
MH
03M
H18
MH
71M
H66
MH
60M
H45
MH
83M
H55
MH
44M
H93
MH
09
Older adult length of stay including leave
Length of stay in older adult beds continues to be more than twice the figure seen in adult acute beds, which service a working age adult cohort. In 2018/19, older adult length of stay was 70.3 days excluding leave, compared to 31.6 days in adult acute beds.
Page 32
Older Adult Delayed Transfers of Care
MH07: 20.7%
Mean: 8.2%
Median: 7.3%
Upper Q: 12.6%
Lower Q: 2.9%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 22
0%
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
30%
35%
MH
44M
H57
MH
07M
H05
MH
59M
H25
MH
21M
H06
MH
39M
H11
MH
33M
H52
MH
64M
H26
MH
20M
H36
MH
54M
H40
MH
71M
H03
MH
15M
H83
MH
10M
H53
MH
67M
H37
MH
60M
H08
MH
23M
H04
MH
50M
H66
MH
42M
H32
MH
72M
H22
MH
43M
H45
MH
94M
H93
MH
55M
H63
MH
92M
H27
MH
18M
H12
MH
24M
H65
MH
35M
H02
MH
56M
H29
MH
28M
H41
MH
38M
H74
MH
34M
H19
MH
95
Older adult delayed transfers of care
Due to the complexity of discharge arrangements for some patients, delays in transfers of care occur much more frequently in older adult services than in services serving working age adults. This metric is calculated using the percentage of all occupied bed days that were attributed to delays. This year's figure of 7.3% for older adult beds compares to 4.1% for adult acute.
Page 33
Older Adult Readmissions
MH07: 1.8%
Mean: 3.5%
Median: 3.0%
Upper Q: 4.7%
Lower Q: 1.7%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 23
0%
2%
4%
6%
8%
10%
12%
MH
01M
H16
MH
84M
H65
MH
61M
H55
MH
93M
H26
MH
52M
H54
MH
05M
H37
MH
18M
H57
MH
39M
H56
MH
58M
H34
MH
67M
H10
MH
19M
H21
MH
74M
H51
MH
35M
H33
MH
59M
H12
MH
36M
H27
MH
72M
H03
MH
50M
H04
MH
15M
H25
MH
38M
H53
MH
02M
H23
MH
06M
H24
MH
07M
H70
MH
28M
H71
MH
43M
H63
MH
94M
H11
MH
20M
H22
MH
69M
H42
MH
64M
H41
MH
08M
H92
MH
44M
H09
Older adult emergency readmissions
Emergency readmissions to older adult beds occur less frequently than in adult acute beds. This may be due to the higher level of support offered post discharge to this cohort, through ongoing packages of care or residential placements, which can help keep people well and reduce the risk of deterioration to the extent that an emergency readmission is necessitated.
Calculated as the percentage of all admissions that were emergency readmissions in the immediate period after discharge, the average position of 3.0% for older adults compares to 8.1% in adult acute beds.
Page 34
Specialist beds
MH07 Mean Median
Longer Term Complex / Continuing Care bed
occupancy excluding leave72% 79% 78%
Longer Term Complex / Continuing Care length of
stay excluding leave
85% 87%
516 360
Medium Secure bed occupancy excluding leave... 93% 94%
348 360...
213
High Dependency Rehabilitation length of stay
excluding leave
High Dependency Rehabilitation bed occupancy
excluding leave...
Low Secure bed occupancy excluding leave84% 91% 93%
683 722...Medium Secure length of stay excluding leave
Eating Disorders bed occupancy excluding leave... 77% 78%
Low Secure length of stay excluding leave286 697 542
PICU bed occupancy excluding leave99% 86% 90%
Eating Disorders length of stay excluding leave... 107 99
National trend
PICU length of stay excluding leave42 42 36
100
120
140
160
180
100%
In this context, "Specialist beds" refers to all beds that are not for acute admission (adult acute and older adult acute). Some of these beds are linked to specific conditions (such as eating disorders) while others support patients on different pathways (such as low and medium secure beds for patients on a forensic/criminal justice pathway).
Mother and baby units are not included here because they are reported in a detailed analysis piece. High Secure beds are excluded due to the small number of national providers, and the additional benchmarking that goes on in these areas.
Benchmarks per 100,000 population are not used in this section, as population catchment footprints vary and are not mutually exclusive across providers.
Page 35
MH07: 42
Mean: 42
Median: 36
Upper Q: 46
Lower Q: 30
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 24
MH07: 99%
Mean: 86%
Median: 90%
Upper Q: 94%
Lower Q: 78%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 25
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
MH
68M
H65
MH
06M
H40
MH
42M
H01
MH
38M
H04
MH
72M
H39
MH
37M
H41
MH
25M
H35
MH
94M
H44
MH
84M
H33
MH
64M
H92
MH
24M
H05
MH
07M
H34
MH
61M
H20
MH
31M
H60
MH
52M
H29
MH
23M
H74
MH
18M
H36
MH
51M
H11
MH
02M
H54
MH
28M
H90
MH
95M
H19
MH
50M
H03
MH
21M
H57
MH
09M
H10
MH
15M
H26
MH
32M
H08
MH
17M
H22
MH
59M
H63
MH
45M
H70
MH
55M
H67
MH
66
PICU length of stay excluding leave
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
MH
61M
H74
MH
44M
H40
MH
07M
H66
MH
05M
H10
MH
59M
H83
MH
67M
H39
MH
24M
H41
MH
50M
H60
MH
17M
H35
MH
38M
H03
MH
09M
H36
MH
57M
H72
MH
26M
H21
MH
01M
H95
MH
23M
H25
MH
92M
H64
MH
29M
H54
MH
32M
H45
MH
11M
H37
MH
58M
H20
MH
22M
H70
MH
31M
H84
MH
04M
H94
MH
63M
H33
MH
19M
H18
MH
52M
H08
MH
65M
H12
MH
90M
H42
MH
28M
H06
MH
34M
H15
MH
55M
H02
PICU bed occupancy excluding leave
100
150
200
250
100%
Page 36
MH07: ...
Mean: 107
Median: 99
Upper Q: 108
Lower Q: 85
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 26
MH07: ...
Mean: 77%
Median: 78%
Upper Q: 85%
Lower Q: 68%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 27
0
50
100
150
200
250
MH
90
MH
22
MH
08
MH
36
MH
18
MH
63
MH
40
MH
38
MH
05
MH
23
MH
44
MH
57
MH
09
MH
17
MH
10
MH
27
MH
04
Eating Disorders length of stay excluding leave
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
MH
23
MH
90
MH
44
MH
04
MH
36
MH
09
MH
05
MH
08
MH
38
MH
10
MH
40
MH
27
MH
17
MH
22
MH
63
MH
57
MH
18
Eating Disorders bed occupancy excluding leave
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
100%
Page 37
MH07: 286
Mean: 697
Median: 542
Upper Q: 815
Lower Q: 446
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 28
MH07: 84%
Mean: 91%
Median: 93%
Upper Q: 96%
Lower Q: 87%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 29
0
500
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
MH
10M
H06
MH
08M
H25
MH
94M
H31
MH
65M
H38
MH
17M
H52
MH
37M
H24
MH
42M
H28
MH
44M
H26
MH
72M
H41
MH
90M
H04
MH
74M
H57
MH
21M
H56
MH
35M
H05
MH
20M
H43
MH
92M
H22
MH
02M
H15
MH
18M
H23
MH
63M
H03
MH
59M
H01
MH
54M
H19
MH
27M
H09
MH
07M
H29
MH
84M
H32
MH
51M
H36
Low Secure length of stay excluding leave
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
MH
23M
H94
MH
27M
H18
MH
21M
H41
MH
72M
H38
MH
35M
H22
MH
74M
H10
MH
03M
H44
MH
25M
H52
MH
36M
H09
MH
05M
H20
MH
08M
H84
MH
17M
H12
MH
02M
H26
MH
65M
H04
MH
92M
H63
MH
37M
H28
MH
24M
H19
MH
32M
H90
MH
59M
H29
MH
43M
H07
MH
31M
H42
MH
54M
H15
MH
57M
H01
MH
06M
H56
Low Secure bed occupancy excluding leave
1,000
1,200
1,400
1,600
1,800
100%
Page 38
MH07: ...
Mean: 683
Median: 722
Upper Q: 823
Lower Q: 521
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 30
MH07: ...
Mean: 93%
Median: 94%
Upper Q: 97%
Lower Q: 90%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 31
0
200
400
600
800
1,000
1,200
1,400
1,600
1,800
MH
06
MH
28
MH
52
MH
31
MH
01
MH
67
MH
44
MH
08
MH
25
MH
15
MH
74
MH
24
MH
72
MH
90
MH
10
MH
94
MH
20
MH
04
MH
37
MH
18
MH
22
MH
35
MH
03
MH
17
MH
41
MH
09
MH
32
MH
27
Medium Secure length of stay excluding leave
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
MH
35
MH
37
MH
22
MH
09
MH
32
MH
44
MH
20
MH
27
MH
25
MH
08
MH
31
MH
90
MH
10
MH
94
MH
18
MH
52
MH
01
MH
24
MH
28
MH
74
MH
17
MH
41
MH
03
MH
04
MH
06
MH
15
MH
67
MH
72Medium Secure bed occupancy excluding leave
1,000
1,200
100%
Page 39
MH07: ...
Mean: 348
Median: 360
Upper Q: 442
Lower Q: 205
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 32
MH07: ...
Mean: 85%
Median: 87%
Upper Q: 90%
Lower Q: 77%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 33
0
200
400
600
800
1,000
1,200
MH
70
MH
24
MH
02
MH
52
MH
90
MH
23
MH
38
MH
95
MH
09
MH
37
MH
01
MH
06
MH
39
MH
25
MH
10
MH
28
MH
22
MH
35
MH
51
MH
36
MH
08
MH
74
MH
11
MH
03
MH
92
MH
43
MH
20
MH
67
MH
58
MH
55
MH
93
MH
17
MH
19
MH
32
MH
27
MH
45
MH
66
High Dependency Rehabilitation length of stay excluding leave
0%10%20%30%40%50%60%70%80%90%
100%
MH
67
MH
11
MH
10
MH
74
MH
03
MH
09
MH
23
MH
17
MH
02
MH
45
MH
38
MH
37
MH
95
MH
01
MH
92
MH
36
MH
24
MH
90
MH
28
MH
25
MH
58
MH
55
MH
27
MH
19
MH
35
MH
43
MH
20
MH
52
MH
08
MH
93
MH
39
MH
32
MH
22
MH
66
MH
70
MH
06High Dependency Rehabilitation bed occupancy excluding
leave
1,000
1,200
1,400
1,600
1,800
100%
Page 40
MH07: 213
Mean: 516
Median: 360
Upper Q: 611
Lower Q: 227
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 34
MH07: 72%
Mean: 79%
Median: 78%
Upper Q: 89%
Lower Q: 72%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 35
0
200
400
600
800
1,000
1,200
1,400
1,600
1,800
MH
09
MH
31
MH
52
MH
37
MH
23
MH
68
MH
51
MH
05
MH
69
MH
02
MH
28
MH
25
MH
11
MH
57
MH
08
MH
35
MH
10
MH
60
MH
55
MH
63
MH
50
MH
56
MH
07
MH
67
MH
01
MH
44
MH
04
MH
15
Longer Term Complex / Continuing Care length of stay excluding leave
0%10%20%30%40%50%60%70%80%90%
100%
MH
21
MH
10
MH
55
MH
05
MH
31
MH
23
MH
11
MH
02
MH
57
MH
60
MH
44
MH
52
MH
08
MH
04
MH
28
MH
01
MH
50
MH
12
MH
67
MH
07
MH
35
MH
56
MH
15
MH
25
MH
63
MH
37
MH
09Longer Term Complex / Continuing Care bed occupancy
excluding leave
Page 41
Cluster profiling
MH07 Mean Median
Occupied bed days - clusters 10-1770% 62% 61%
Occupied bed days - clusters 18-2113% 14% 13%
National trend
Occupied bed days - clusters 1-817% 24% 26%
10%
15%
20%
25%
30%
35%
40%
45%
50%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
10%
15%
20%
25%
30%
35%
40%
NHS England's Care Clusters for people who use specialist mental health services can be grouped into three main categories:
Non Psychosis1 Common mental health problems (low severity)2 Common mental health problems3 Non psychotic (moderate severity)4 Non psychotic (severe)5 Non psychotic (very severe)6 Non psychotic disorders of overvalued ideas7 Enduring non psychotic disorders (high disability)8 Non psychotic chaotic and challenging disorders
Psychosis10 First episode in psychosis11 Ongoing or recurrent psychosis (low symptoms)12 Ongoing or recurrent psychosis (high disability)13 Ongoing or recurrent psychosis (high symptom and disability)14 Psychotic crisis15 Severe psychotic depression16 Dual diagnosis (substance abuse and mental illness)17 Psychosis and affective disorder difficult to engage
Organic18 Cognitive impairment (low need)19 Cognitive impairment or dementia (moderate need)20 Cognitive impairment or dementia (high need)21 Cognitive impairment or dementia (high physical or engagement)
Inpatient activity is driven by bed availability, and the continued decline in older people's beds is reflected in the ongoing reduction in occupied bed days for patients whose episodes fall into clusters 18 to 21.
Page 42
MH07: 17%
Mean: 24%
Median: 26%
Upper Q: 30%
Lower Q: 17%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 36
MH07: 70%
Mean: 62%
Median: 61%
Upper Q: 71%
Lower Q: 53%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 37
MH07: 13%
Mean: 14%
Median: 13%
Upper Q: 15%
Lower Q: 9%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 38
0%
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
30%
35%
40%
45%
50%
MH
93
MH
53
MH
08
MH
54
MH
02
MH
95
MH
56
MH
42
MH
27M
H7
2M
H2
0M
H1
9M
H3
3M
H6
4M
H3
2M
H6
6M
H1
5M
H36
MH
43
MH
63
MH
18
MH
24
MH
05
MH
45
MH
41
MH
40
MH
39M
H0
3M
H6
0M
H2
6M
H9
2M
H3
7M
H0
4M
H2
9M
H2
5M
H61
MH
22
MH
38
MH
57
MH
07
MH
65
MH
06
MH
35
MH
28
MH
10M
H0
9M
H2
1M
H2
3M
H1
2M
H9
4M
H5
2M
H1
1M
H7
4M
H44
Occupied bed days - clusters 1-8
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
MH
44M
H11
MH
74M
H52
MH
94M
H10
MH
09M
H23
MH
22M
H12
MH
65M
H35
MH
06M
H28
MH
07M
H38
MH
25M
H29
MH
57M
H40
MH
37M
H03
MH
18M
H04
MH
61M
H92
MH
27M
H41
MH
26M
H32
MH
43M
H24
MH
95M
H64
MH
36M
H66
MH
33M
H56
MH
19M
H20
MH
63M
H05
MH
54M
H02
MH
39M
H21
MH
72M
H60
MH
42M
H15
MH
08M
H45
MH
53M
H93
Occupied bed days - clusters 10-17
0%
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
30%
35%
40%
MH
21M
H45
MH
60M
H93
MH
39M
H15
MH
05M
H63
MH
72M
H42
MH
53M
H61
MH
02M
H57
MH
08M
H20
MH
19M
H66
MH
26M
H04
MH
36M
H24
MH
07M
H92
MH
54M
H12
MH
33M
H43
MH
56M
H41
MH
28M
H25
MH
38M
H29
MH
06M
H64
MH
32M
H35
MH
37M
H94
MH
23M
H03
MH
65M
H95
MH
18M
H40
MH
09M
H27
MH
74M
H52
MH
10M
H44
MH
11M
H22
Occupied bed days - clusters 18-21
Page 43
Community care
MH07 Mean Median
2,441 1,632 1,241
1,314
27,091 25,300
National trend
Working age adult teams - community caseload
per 100,000 weighted population
Total community contacts per 100,000 weighted
population
665
25,471
1,464
Total community caseload per 100,000 weighted
population
Older adult teams - community caseload per
100,000 weighted population
1,323 1,483 1,188
Older adult teams - community contacts per
100,000 weighted population25,257 20,880 17,594
Working age adult teams - community contacts
per 100,000 weighted population25,560 30,490 27,777
The two key measures of community capacity are caseloads and contacts. Caseload provides a snapshot of open cases on 31st March 2019. Participants can explore their positions for individual team types in the NHS Benchmarking Mental Health Toolkit. Contacts is a measure of the number of face to face and non face to face contacts delivered by a community team to patients on their caseload, and to those who are being assessed.
Community caseloads and contacts, for both working age and older adults, have seen declines in recent years.
Community based care is the most frequently accessed NHS specialist mental health service, serving around 700,000 people across the UK at 31st March 2019. Most people who access NHS specialist mental health services use community based services at some point in their patient journey.
Page 44
Community caseloads
MH07: 1,188
Mean: 1,483
Median: 1,323
Upper Q: 1,675
Lower Q: 1,052
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 39
0
500
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
3,000
3,500
4,000
MH
68M
H18
MH
93M
H83
MH
70M
H92
MH
55M
H59
MH
95M
H69
MH
32M
H40
MH
85M
H35
MH
71M
H61
MH
42M
H45
MH
08M
H39
MH
60M
H51
MH
66M
H05
MH
65M
H12
MH
36M
H94
MH
58M
H01
MH
25M
H15
MH
29M
H26
MH
74M
H64
MH
10M
H72
MH
33M
H63
MH
16M
H43
MH
57M
H02
MH
07M
H38
MH
53M
H41
MH
24M
H28
MH
56M
H44
MH
03M
H54
MH
67M
H22
MH
06M
H37
MH
23M
H19
MH
21M
H27
MH
52M
H50
MH
17M
H20
MH
84M
H04
MH
09M
H11
MH
34
Total community caseload per 100,000 weighted population
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
3,000
3,500
1,000
2,000
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
Community services are reported here benchmarked per capita by caseload size and by number of contacts delivered. Caseload is a snapshot position of all open cases on 31st March 2019. For the purposes of this report, the national definition of caseload is applied, i.e. patients who have had two or more face to face appointments as part of this episode of care. This therefore excludes people who are still in the assessment phase, and may not commence treatment with a team.
Total community caseload shows the sum of all individual community team caseloads, against a population of those age 16 and older. Working age adult teams include all those who predominantly serve working age adults, against a population of age 16 - 64. Older adult teams include old age community teams and memory services, against a population of age 65+.
This year's total community caseload of 1,483 compares to 1,372 per 100,000 weighted population last year.
Page 45
MH07: 665
Mean: 1,464
Median: 1,314
Upper Q: 1,717
Lower Q: 1,090
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 40
MH07: 2,441
Mean: 1,632
Median: 1,241
Upper Q: 1,738
Lower Q: 857
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 41
0
500
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
3,000
3,500
MH
92M
H18
MH
68M
H93
MH
95M
H32
MH
70M
H59
MH
61M
H40
MH
85M
H83
MH
42M
H08
MH
12M
H71
MH
55M
H15
MH
65M
H58
MH
05M
H36
MH
60M
H94
MH
35M
H03
MH
64M
H74
MH
45M
H01
MH
43M
H57
MH
51M
H53
MH
10M
H26
MH
29M
H25
MH
56M
H63
MH
24M
H02
MH
39M
H66
MH
72M
H16
MH
28M
H27
MH
38M
H69
MH
41M
H67
MH
44M
H23
MH
21M
H06
MH
52M
H33
MH
22M
H37
MH
54M
H17
MH
84M
H20
MH
50M
H09
MH
04M
H07
MH
34M
H19
MH
11
Working age adult teams - community caseload per 100,000 weighted population
0
1,000
2,000
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
MH
83M
H69
MH
55M
H68
MH
70M
H59
MH
93M
H18
MH
35M
H51
MH
07M
H39
MH
45M
H66
MH
92M
H33
MH
71M
H40
MH
60M
H01
MH
29M
H25
MH
11M
H26
MH
08M
H72
MH
16M
H54
MH
05M
H95
MH
32M
H19
MH
10M
H38
MH
42M
H22
MH
12M
H41
MH
63M
H37
MH
36M
H65
MH
64M
H02
MH
61M
H44
MH
28M
H04
MH
50M
H74
MH
24M
H20
MH
53M
H15
MH
94M
H06
MH
17M
H67
MH
56M
H84
MH
57M
H58
MH
09M
H43
MH
34M
H23
MH
21M
H52
MH
27M
H03
Older adult teams - community caseload per 100,000 weighted population
Participants reported the proportion of their caseloads on 31st March 2019 who had been seen for a face to face appointment during the 3 months prior to that date (1st January to 31st March 2019). Although there is variation between team types, the typical experience appears to be that most patients will have had a face to face contact during that time.
The figure below shows national average positions, while the charts on the following page show individual participant positions for three key team types: Generic CMHT, Early Intervention in Psychosis, and Older People. Other team types can be explored in the toolkit.
Page 46
Figure 42
Figure 43
Figure 44
100%
100%
100%
90%
87%
81%
78%
77%
76%
68%
67%
63%
60%
52%
Assertive Outreach
Early Intervention in Psychosis
Perinatal
Generic CMHT
Community rehabilitation
Eating Disorders
Older People
Forensic
Other community teams
Memory services
Assessment and Brief Intervention
Proportion of caseload with a F2F contact in previous 3 months
Yes No
Participants reported the proportion of their caseloads on 31st March 2019 who had been seen for a face to face appointment during the 3 months prior to that date (1st January to 31st March 2019). Although there is variation between team types, the typical experience appears to be that most patients will have had a face to face contact during that time.
The figure below shows national average positions, while the charts on the following page show individual participant positions for three key team types: Generic CMHT, Early Intervention in Psychosis, and Older People. Other team types can be explored in the toolkit.
Page 47
MH07: 90%
Mean: 78%
Median: 80%
Upper Q: 86%
Lower Q: 69%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 42
MH07: 94%
Mean: 87%
Median: 93%
Upper Q: 96%
Lower Q: 89%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 43
MH07: 80%
Mean: 68%
Median: 74%
Upper Q: 82%
Lower Q: 61%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 44
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
MH
06M
H0
3M
H6
1M
H0
4M
H3
6M
H3
3M
H1
6M
H0
7M
H1
9M
H9
2M
H6
5M
H1
7M
H6
3M
H0
8M
H9
4M
H93
MH
72
MH
57
MH
02
MH
21
MH
41
MH
24
MH
28
MH
22
MH
20
MH
95
MH
25
MH
66
MH
27
MH
11
MH
55M
H1
5M
H3
7M
H7
1M
H5
2M
H6
0M
H4
3M
H1
0M
H7
4M
H4
5M
H2
3M
H5
3M
H5
4M
H1
2M
H6
9M
H44
MH
35
MH
42
Proportion of caseload on 31st March 2019 who had at least one face to face contact during previous 3 months - Generic
CMHT
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
MH
33M
H61
MH
36M
H59
MH
03M
H02
MH
94M
H60
MH
95M
H54
MH
10M
H04
MH
25M
H06
MH
21M
H07
MH
11M
H28
MH
16M
H18
MH
08M
H19
MH
27M
H66
MH
92M
H20
MH
22M
H52
MH
17M
H65
MH
42M
H72
MH
44M
H63
MH
15M
H37
MH
41M
H74
MH
23M
H93
MH
24M
H55
MH
45M
H53
MH
35M
H12
MH
68
Proportion of caseload on 31st March 2019 who had at least one face to face contact during previous 3 months - Early
Intervention
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
MH
36M
H12
MH
03M
H43
MH
21M
H94
MH
11M
H19
MH
06M
H17
MH
04M
H41
MH
28M
H93
MH
07M
H15
MH
57M
H16
MH
27M
H23
MH
02M
H20
MH
25M
H65
MH
92M
H24
MH
74M
H44
MH
33M
H08
MH
22M
H71
MH
60M
H45
MH
10M
H63
MH
66M
H95
MH
37M
H54
MH
69M
H55
MH
53M
H35
MH
68M
H72
MH
42
Proportion of caseload on 31st March 2019 who had at least one face to face contact during previous 3 months - Older
People
Page 48
Community contacts
MH07: 25,471
Mean: 27,091
Median: 25,300
Upper Q: 32,396
Lower Q: 19,737
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 45
0
10,000
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
70,000
80,000
90,000
MH
68M
H84
MH
43M
H93
MH
18M
H85
MH
69M
H06
MH
32M
H65
MH
55M
H39
MH
27M
H02
MH
92M
H41
MH
53M
H09
MH
45M
H08
MH
74M
H42
MH
01M
H70
MH
25M
H20
MH
66M
H28
MH
95M
H44
MH
83M
H21
MH
03M
H07
MH
64M
H19
MH
57M
H15
MH
40M
H54
MH
60M
H63
MH
37M
H34
MH
50M
H23
MH
51M
H38
MH
10M
H05
MH
56M
H33
MH
35M
H36
MH
24M
H94
MH
72M
H71
MH
16M
H52
MH
26M
H22
MH
04M
H17
MH
11M
H59
MH
29M
H58
Total community contacts per 100,000 weighted population
10,000
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
70,000
80,000
90,000
10,000
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
70,000
80,000
90,000
Community contacts averaged 27,091 per 100,000 weighted population in 2018/19. This compares to 26,364 the previous year. When viewing this data, it is useful for participants to consider the nature and duration of the contacts they offer, and how this may differ from other participants. Year to year comparisons of individual participants are also of value.
Page 49
MH07: 25,560
Mean: 30,490
Median: 27,777
Upper Q: 36,546
Lower Q: 22,305
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 46
MH07: 25,257
Mean: 20,880
Median: 17,594
Upper Q: 24,645
Lower Q: 12,749
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 47
0
10,000
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
70,000
80,000
90,000
MH
68M
H18
MH
93M
H84
MH
92M
H43
MH
32M
H27
MH
02M
H65
MH
06M
H85
MH
53M
H08
MH
03M
H95
MH
42M
H25
MH
74M
H64
MH
09M
H20
MH
41M
H55
MH
66M
H70
MH
40M
H57
MH
45M
H15
MH
21M
H39
MH
69M
H28
MH
44M
H19
MH
54M
H63
MH
07M
H38
MH
83M
H34
MH
60M
H72
MH
10M
H50
MH
23M
H33
MH
05M
H24
MH
71M
H36
MH
37M
H01
MH
52M
H35
MH
56M
H94
MH
26M
H16
MH
22M
H51
MH
04M
H17
MH
59M
H11
MH
58M
H29
Working age adult teams - community contacts per 100,000 weighted population
0
10,000
20,000
30,000
40,000
50,000
60,000
70,000
80,000
90,000
MH
69M
H01
MH
68M
H39
MH
55M
H51
MH
41M
H06
MH
45M
H43
MH
83M
H93
MH
09M
H32
MH
07M
H28
MH
84M
H44
MH
70M
H37
MH
19M
H20
MH
65M
H66
MH
53M
H56
MH
02M
H27
MH
08M
H60
MH
50M
H18
MH
25M
H35
MH
54M
H63
MH
42M
H21
MH
16M
H05
MH
22M
H15
MH
04M
H74
MH
64M
H23
MH
92M
H38
MH
33M
H24
MH
10M
H26
MH
36M
H94
MH
11M
H34
MH
17M
H29
MH
95M
H71
MH
52M
H57
MH
72M
H40
MH
03Older adult teams - community contacts per 100,000
weighted population
Page 50
Waiting times
5.2
7.1
5.4
3.7
3.7
3.1
2.9
2.9
2.7
1.2
6.5
3.6
3.0
3.8
3.6
2.8
2.9
2.8
2.0
0.9
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Memory Services
Other Adult CMHTs
Forensic
Generic CMHT
Eating Disorders
Perinatal
Assessment & Brief Intervention (incl PMHT)
Older People
Assertive Outreach
Early Intervention (incl Early Onset Psychosis)
Median waiting time (weeks)
Referral to 1st appointment 1st appointment to 2nd appointment
Waiting times show notable variation by team type. The above chart details national average positions for each team and shows that the shortest waits are reported within Early Intervention in Psychosis teams. This is the only community pathway currently subject to waiting time targets in England. Longest waits are reported by Memory Services teams.
Participants can explore their individual positions in detail in the NHS Benchmarking Mental Health Toolkit.
Page 51
Early Intervention
MH07 Mean Median
Early Intervention team DNA rate11% 11% 11%
Length of time on Early Intervention team
caseload (months)6 14 11
Total staff working in Early Intervention per
100,000 weighted population10 7 6
Early Intervention teams contacts per patient on
the caseload34 35 33
Early Intervention referral acceptance rate47% 80% 87%
Early Intervention caseload per 100,000 weighted
population95 64 60
National trend
Early Intervention referrals received per 100,000
weighted population158 84 69
100
150
200
250
300
100%As the only part of adult mental health services currently subject to national waiting time standards, there continues to be a focus on Early Intervention in Psychosis services.
Participants report a continued growth in referrals to these services, to 69 in 2018/19. Referral rate data suggests this year's referral acceptance rate of 80% dips below the pattern seen from 2013/14 of rates between 81% and 83% and may signify the start of increases in thresholds for treatment as a response to rising demand.
Staff working in Early Intervention in Psychosis services have ranged from 5.7 to 7.1 WTE per 100,000 population in the past 5 years. This year's position is 6.9 WTE.
Page 52
MH07: 158
Mean: 84
Median: 69
Upper Q: 95
Lower Q: 49
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 48
MH07: 47%
Mean: 80%
Median: 87%
Upper Q: 93%
Lower Q: 72%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 49
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
MH
59
MH
37
MH
26
MH
29
MH
74
MH
07
MH
08
MH
41
MH
10
MH
94
MH
39
MH
09
MH
38
MH
44
MH
36
MH
56
MH
40
MH
34
MH
32
MH
61
MH
95
MH
02
MH
60
MH
28
MH
20
MH
18
MH
24
MH
05
MH
03
MH
66
MH
53
MH
22
MH
65
MH
50
MH
17
MH
06
MH
92
MH
23
MH
93
MH
27
MH
35
MH
45
MH
64
MH
52
MH
16
MH
54
MH
19
MH
33
MH
15
MH
04
MH
55
MH
70
Early Intervention referrals received per 100,000 weighted population
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
MH
11M
H61
MH
17M
H64
MH
29M
H41
MH
63M
H25
MH
56M
H53
MH
70M
H05
MH
08M
H50
MH
19M
H35
MH
27M
H68
MH
40M
H20
MH
42M
H26
MH
59M
H74
MH
22M
H92
MH
15M
H10
MH
65M
H18
MH
38M
H16
MH
93M
H94
MH
36M
H60
MH
95M
H39
MH
23M
H02
MH
03M
H52
MH
55M
H54
MH
06M
H37
MH
45M
H72
MH
28M
H34
MH
44M
H09
MH
07M
H66
MH
24M
H32
MH
33M
H04
Early Intervention referral acceptance rate
100
150
200
250
10
15
20
25
30
Page 53
MH07: 95
Mean: 64
Median: 60
Upper Q: 82
Lower Q: 31
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 50
MH07: 9.8
Mean: 6.9
Median: 6.2
Upper Q: 8.0
Lower Q: 4.0
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 51
0
50
100
150
200
250
MH
28
MH
74
MH
03
MH
37
MH
35
MH
29
MH
07
MH
08
MH
41
MH
53
MH
32
MH
66
MH
65
MH
38
MH
56
MH
44
MH
24
MH
60
MH
21
MH
22
MH
12
MH
36
MH
06
MH
45
MH
34
MH
27
MH
18
MH
15
MH
04
MH
93
MH
92
MH
20
MH
59
MH
55
MH
05
MH
33
MH
16
MH
19
MH
51
MH
70
MH
01
MH
09
Early Intervention caseload per 100,000 weighted population
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
MH
03
MH
28
MH
74
MH
29
MH
32
MH
07
MH
09
MH
38
MH
34
MH
37
MH
41
MH
12
MH
21
MH
08
MH
53
MH
65
MH
56
MH
20
MH
60
MH
06
MH
15
MH
44
MH
36
MH
24
MH
04
MH
22
MH
35
MH
93
MH
92
MH
27
MH
33
MH
16
MH
59
MH
18
MH
05
MH
45
MH
19
MH
55
MH
01
MH
51Total staff working in Early Intervention per 100,000
weighted population
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
10%
12%
14%
16%
18%
20%
Page 54
MH07: 34
Mean: 35
Median: 33
Upper Q: 40
Lower Q: 27
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 52
MH07: 11%
Mean: 11%
Median: 11%
Upper Q: 13%
Lower Q: 9%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 53
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
MH
68
MH
54
MH
10
MH
20
MH
06
MH
32M
H0
3M
H9
3M
H4
4M
H6
6M
H2
5M
H2
1M
H3
4M
H1
9M
H0
4M
H0
2M
H0
8M
H3
6M
H6
5M
H2
7M
H3
9M
H3
8M
H4
2M
H7
4M
H4
0M
H2
6M
H6
0M
H0
7M
H92
MH
64
MH
41
MH
28
MH
72
MH
50
MH
18
MH
52
MH
53
MH
05
MH
16
MH
37
MH
45
MH
23
MH
63
MH
94
MH
59
MH
56
MH
22
MH
15
MH
17
MH
33
MH
11
MH
95M
H5
5M
H2
4M
H3
5M
H2
9M
H7
0
Early Intervention teams contacts per patient on the caseload
0%
2%
4%
6%
8%
10%
12%
14%
16%
18%
20%
MH
63M
H28
MH
02M
H65
MH
09M
H16
MH
37M
H92
MH
23M
H18
MH
39M
H42
MH
52M
H22
MH
64M
H11
MH
24M
H59
MH
45M
H15
MH
34M
H25
MH
94M
H05
MH
44M
H40
MH
36M
H07
MH
20M
H56
MH
04M
H41
MH
08M
H32
MH
95M
H38
MH
35M
H10
MH
19M
H06
MH
27M
H03
MH
93M
H66
MH
17M
H55
MH
21M
H60
MH
53M
H33
MH
50M
H54
Early Intervention team DNA rate
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
The 14 month average time on caseload per Early Intervention service differs from historic guidance on early intervention support, which typically focussed on a 3 year pathway.
Page 55
MH07: 6
Mean: 14
Median: 11
Upper Q: 14
Lower Q: 9
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 54
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
MH
68
MH
33
MH
10
MH
23
MH
37
MH
09
MH
41
MH
11
MH
20M
H1
8M
H5
2M
H4
0M
H3
5M
H6
6M
H6
5M
H5
6M
H9
3M
H5
3M
H06
MH
32
MH
04
MH
21
MH
61
MH
36
MH
54
MH
22
MH
16
MH
45
MH
39M
H7
4M
H2
5M
H2
4M
H9
5M
H3
4M
H1
9M
H9
4M
H3
8M
H9
2M
H27
MH
60
MH
17
MH
03
MH
28
MH
59
MH
02
MH
07
MH
64
MH
44
MH
63
Length of time on Early Intervention team caseload (months)
The 14 month average time on caseload per Early Intervention service differs from historic guidance on early intervention support, which typically focussed on a 3 year pathway.
Page 56
Crisis care
MH07 Mean Median
Section 136 Assessments per 100,000 weighted
population87 83 74
Total staff working in CRHT teams per 100,000
weighted population8.6 17.4 15.6
Total staff working in psychiatric liaison per
100,000 weighted population6 5 5
National trend
CRHT face to face contacts per 100,000 weighted
population2609 3909 3601
Psychiatric liaison contacts per 100,000 weighted
population... 1632 1374
10,000
12,000
101520253035404550
There has been an upward trend in the number of Section 136 Assessments participants report, which reached 77 per 100,000 population in 2017/18. This year's figure is 83 per 100,000 population.
There has also been movement on the size of the workforce in both crisis team and psychiatric liaison settings.
Page 57
MH07: 2,609
Mean: 3,909
Median: 3,601
Upper Q: 5,085
Lower Q: 2,554
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 55
MH07: 9
Mean: 17
Median: 16
Upper Q: 21
Lower Q: 11
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 56
0
2,000
4,000
6,000
8,000
10,000
12,000
MH
68
MH
32
MH
64
MH
18
MH
10
MH
43
MH
39
MH
65
MH
44
MH
84
MH
03
MH
52
MH
59
MH
02
MH
42
MH
66
MH
27
MH
53
MH
85
MH
28
MH
55
MH
57
MH
34
MH
71
MH
25
MH
95
MH
33
MH
93
MH
36
MH
11
MH
70
MH
08
MH
45
MH
23
MH
01
MH
74
MH
04
MH
40
MH
35
MH
15
MH
21
MH
54
MH
22
MH
92
MH
56
MH
07
MH
63
MH
19
MH
20
MH
41
MH
38
MH
09
MH
72
MH
37
MH
26
MH
24
MH
06
MH
94
MH
05
MH
60
MH
16
MH
29
CRHT face to face contacts per 100,000 weighted population
05
101520253035404550
MH
18M
H71
MH
61M
H32
MH
83M
H93
MH
43M
H84
MH
51M
H59
MH
64M
H03
MH
65M
H57
MH
29M
H92
MH
42M
H20
MH
02M
H39
MH
01M
H27
MH
34M
H25
MH
04M
H33
MH
15M
H74
MH
28M
H35
MH
12M
H19
MH
58M
H45
MH
44M
H11
MH
40M
H41
MH
70M
H05
MH
08M
H67
MH
55M
H52
MH
21M
H23
MH
24M
H53
MH
10M
H26
MH
56M
H38
MH
72M
H36
MH
22M
H54
MH
50M
H63
MH
07M
H95
MH
16M
H09
MH
94M
H60
MH
37
Total staff working in CRHT teams per 100,000 weighted population
10
12
14
1,000
2,000
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
Page 58
MH07: ...
Mean: 1,632
Median: 1,374
Upper Q: 1,612
Lower Q: 999
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 57
MH07: 6
Mean: 5
Median: 5
Upper Q: 7
Lower Q: 4
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 58
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
MH
06M
H42
MH
04M
H43
MH
08M
H32
MH
28M
H60
MH
58M
H34
MH
18M
H27
MH
23M
H63
MH
01M
H70
MH
24M
H65
MH
55M
H41
MH
11M
H74
MH
07M
H15
MH
09M
H02
MH
12M
H20
MH
25M
H03
MH
22M
H44
MH
52M
H56
MH
38M
H54
MH
83M
H93
MH
64M
H19
MH
92M
H21
MH
05M
H94
MH
59M
H10
MH
84M
H53
MH
36M
H17
MH
33M
H61
MH
51M
H37
MH
16M
H95
MH
26
Total staff working in psychiatric liaison per 100,000 weighted population
100120140160180200
0
1,000
2,000
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
MH
83
MH
08
MH
43
MH
28
MH
27
MH
55
MH
26
MH
70
MH
25
MH
10
MH
32
MH
65
MH
01
MH
23
MH
37
MH
06
MH
39
MH
58
MH
95
MH
20
MH
52
MH
15
MH
12
MH
92
MH
02
MH
22
MH
38
MH
09
MH
66
MH
64
MH
93
MH
35
MH
60
MH
04
MH
41
MH
24
MH
19
MH
53
MH
33
MH
36
MH
34
MH
16
MH
68
Psychiatric liaison contacts per 100,000 weighted population
Page 59
MH07: 87
Mean: 83
Median: 74
Upper Q: 111
Lower Q: 54
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 59
020406080
100120140160180200
MH
67
MH
25
MH
43
MH
12
MH
66
MH
11
MH
18
MH
06
MH
92
MH
21
MH
57
MH
41
MH
32
MH
02
MH
01
MH
03
MH
59
MH
51
MH
19
MH
58
MH
50
MH
07
MH
26
MH
27
MH
33
MH
55
MH
38
MH
61
MH
40
MH
65
MH
17
MH
24
MH
35
MH
15
MH
08
MH
54
MH
60
MH
22
MH
74
MH
45
MH
20
MH
53
MH
23
MH
37
MH
10
MH
95
MH
04
MH
94
MH
71
MH
56
MH
36
MH
28
Section 136 Assessments per 100,000 weighted population
Page 60
Community clustering
MH07 Mean Median
Community contacts - Clusters 18-21 21% 16% 14%
Community contacts - Cluster 17 1% 3% 3%
Community caseload - Clusters 18-21 57% 28% 27%
Community contacts - Clusters 10-16 46% 41% 40%
Community caseload - Cluster 17 1% 2% 1%
Community contacts - Clusters 1-8 31% 40% 40%
Community caseload - Clusters 10-16 23% 32% 31%
National trend
Community caseload - Clusters 1-8 19% 39% 39%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
There continues to be disparity between the proportion of caseload in each cluster and the intensity of provision (contact rates) to these cohorts. In particular, older people in clusters 18 - 21 represent 28% of total community caseloads, but receive 16% of total community contacts. The overall level of delivery to patients in clusters 18-21 has shown a decline in recent years. The share of caseload delivered to clusters 1-17 has increased over this period. Psychosis clusters 10-16 have shown the largest increase in share of total activity.
Page 61
MH07: 19%
Mean: 39%
Median: 39%
Upper Q: 46%
Lower Q: 31%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 60
MH07: 31%
Mean: 40%
Median: 40%
Upper Q: 47%
Lower Q: 35%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 61
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
MH
43
MH
27
MH
36
MH
60
MH
15
MH
40
MH
56
MH
65
MH
29M
H9
5M
H2
1M
H2
0M
H1
2M
H0
6M
H6
1M
H0
3M
H1
0M
H24
MH
54
MH
32
MH
92
MH
64
MH
18
MH
28
MH
25
MH
02
MH
94M
H5
2M
H7
2M
H0
9M
H0
4M
H2
3M
H4
1M
H0
8M
H5
7M
H53
MH
33
MH
05
MH
93
MH
19
MH
22
MH
63
MH
38
MH
37
MH
39M
H3
4M
H4
4M
H6
6M
H4
5M
H4
2M
H3
5M
H7
4M
H0
7M
H11
Community caseload - Clusters 1-8
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
MH
27M
H33
MH
92M
H40
MH
60M
H25
MH
02M
H20
MH
36M
H54
MH
43M
H18
MH
21M
H03
MH
06M
H19
MH
53M
H08
MH
93M
H15
MH
72M
H05
MH
45M
H95
MH
57M
H39
MH
22M
H04
MH
66M
H24
MH
32M
H28
MH
09M
H10
MH
23M
H94
MH
41M
H34
MH
52M
H56
MH
38M
H07
MH
42M
H65
MH
63M
H44
MH
35M
H37
MH
74M
H11
Community contacts - Clusters 1-8
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
Page 62
MH07: 23%
Mean: 32%
Median: 31%
Upper Q: 39%
Lower Q: 23%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 62
MH07: 46%
Mean: 41%
Median: 40%
Upper Q: 51%
Lower Q: 32%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 63
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
MH
44
MH
23
MH
94
MH
09
MH
52
MH
11
MH
35
MH
74
MH
34M
H3
7M
H9
5M
H2
9M
H5
3M
H3
8M
H6
5M
H2
1M
H6
4M
H41
MH
22
MH
42
MH
57
MH
06
MH
24
MH
10
MH
45
MH
04
MH
15M
H7
2M
H2
8M
H2
0M
H6
1M
H0
3M
H1
2M
H3
6M
H2
7M
H43
MH
60
MH
25
MH
56
MH
07
MH
08
MH
63
MH
40
MH
19
MH
33M
H0
5M
H6
6M
H3
2M
H1
8M
H5
4M
H9
2M
H3
9M
H9
3M
H02
Community caseload - Clusters 10-16
0%
1%
2%
3%
4%
5%
6%
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
MH
65M
H74
MH
23M
H44
MH
35M
H37
MH
11M
H94
MH
52M
H38
MH
95M
H56
MH
09M
H34
MH
42M
H05
MH
32M
H07
MH
22M
H53
MH
10M
H41
MH
43M
H72
MH
24M
H57
MH
21M
H28
MH
06M
H36
MH
45M
H03
MH
60M
H20
MH
66M
H18
MH
40M
H02
MH
92M
H08
MH
54M
H25
MH
93M
H19
MH
15M
H04
MH
27M
H33
MH
63M
H39
Community contacts - Clusters 10-16
10%
12%
14%
Page 63
MH07: 0.5%
Mean: 1.6%
Median: 1.3%
Upper Q: 2.1%
Lower Q: 0.8%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 64
MH07: 1.2%
Mean: 2.9%
Median: 2.6%
Upper Q: 3.6%
Lower Q: 1.4%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 65
0%
1%
2%
3%
4%
5%
6%
MH
63
MH
34
MH
09
MH
10
MH
08
MH
27
MH
29
MH
35
MH
94
MH
53
MH
45
MH
37M
H1
1M
H4
0M
H6
6M
H5
7M
H9
3M
H2
4M
H4
1M
H0
3M
H7
4M
H4
3M
H1
5M
H7
2M
H65
MH
36
MH
33
MH
18
MH
42
MH
39
MH
54
MH
22
MH
56
MH
92
MH
38
MH
12
MH
28
MH
61M
H2
3M
H0
6M
H6
0M
H2
5M
H0
2M
H9
5M
H0
4M
H0
5M
H5
2M
H6
4M
H0
7M
H2
1M
H44
MH
19
MH
32
MH
20
Community caseload - Cluster 17
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
0%
2%
4%
6%
8%
10%
12%
14%
MH
10M
H93
MH
11M
H57
MH
63M
H08
MH
66M
H74
MH
03M
H35
MH
24M
H40
MH
09M
H37
MH
04M
H27
MH
34M
H36
MH
43M
H18
MH
05M
H54
MH
72M
H45
MH
53M
H92
MH
02M
H60
MH
65M
H94
MH
41M
H33
MH
22M
H42
MH
38M
H56
MH
23M
H28
MH
07M
H06
MH
15M
H95
MH
39M
H19
MH
20M
H21
MH
25M
H52
MH
44M
H32
Community contacts - Cluster 17
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
Page 64
MH07: 57%
Mean: 28%
Median: 27%
Upper Q: 38%
Lower Q: 19%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 66
MH07: 21%
Mean: 16%
Median: 14%
Upper Q: 19%
Lower Q: 11%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 67
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
MH
07
MH
66
MH
39
MH
93
MH
19
MH
05
MH
02
MH
33
MH
63M
H4
5M
H0
8M
H4
2M
H1
8M
H9
2M
H3
2M
H5
4M
H2
5M
H22
MH
11
MH
04
MH
38
MH
74
MH
72
MH
28
MH
57
MH
41
MH
35M
H4
0M
H0
3M
H5
6M
H6
1M
H3
7M
H1
2M
H3
4M
H5
3M
H60
MH
20
MH
24
MH
64
MH
10
MH
06
MH
15
MH
36
MH
21
MH
44M
H6
5M
H2
7M
H5
2M
H2
3M
H0
9M
H9
5M
H4
3M
H2
9M
H94
Community caseload - Clusters 18-21
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
MH
63M
H39
MH
04M
H15
MH
19M
H28
MH
66M
H07
MH
41M
H42
MH
93M
H25
MH
45M
H08
MH
54M
H24
MH
33M
H32
MH
18M
H06
MH
02M
H20
MH
03M
H27
MH
22M
H57
MH
60M
H92
MH
21M
H72
MH
56M
H44
MH
11M
H37
MH
34M
H38
MH
36M
H40
MH
10M
H52
MH
35M
H74
MH
09M
H53
MH
43M
H05
MH
94M
H65
MH
95M
H23
Community contacts - Clusters 18-21
Page 65
Workforce
MH07 Mean Median
Adult acute WTE vacancies as % of staff in post4% 17% 15%
Adult acute spend on Bank and Agency (as a % of
total spend on staffing)36% 23% 23%
Adult acute staff sickness / absence %8% 6% 6%
Adult acute staff turnover %6% 12% 11%
Adult acute weighted nurses per 10 beds10.7 8.2 8.0
Older adult weighted nurses per 10 beds9.6 8.1 7.7
Adult acute consultant psychiatrists per 10 beds0.6 0.6 0.5
Older adult consultant psychiatrists per 10 beds0.3 0.4 0.4
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
Inpatient workforce rates are relatively stable, and consistently report rates equivalent to one consultant psychiatrist per ward (typically 18 - 22 beds).
Page 66
MH07: 0.6
Mean: 0.6
Median: 0.5
Upper Q: 0.6
Lower Q: 0.4
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 68
MH07: 0.3
Mean: 0.4
Median: 0.4
Upper Q: 0.5
Lower Q: 0.3
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 69
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
MH
54
MH
11
MH
65M
H8
3M
H0
1M
H5
8M
H2
0M
H1
7M
H0
8M
H29
MH
28
MH
59
MH
27
MH
16
MH
44
MH
41
MH
93M
H1
0M
H2
1M
H6
1M
H3
5M
H7
4M
H2
3M
H0
7M
H0
3M
H7
0M
H3
3M
H5
0M
H3
6M
H9
2M
H6
7M
H0
5M
H0
2M
H4
5M
H4
3M
H1
8M
H8
4M
H7
1M
H2
4M
H64
MH
09
MH
22
MH
06
MH
56
MH
52
MH
38
MH
12M
H3
7M
H3
2M
H6
9M
H1
5M
H5
1M
H4
0M
H1
9M
H2
5M
H3
4M
H5
7M
H6
0M
H0
4M
H9
4
Adult acute consultant psychiatrists per 10 beds
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
MH
58M
H36
MH
41M
H65
MH
74M
H25
MH
18M
H84
MH
11M
H70
MH
61M
H16
MH
08M
H32
MH
09M
H20
MH
33M
H59
MH
44M
H17
MH
64M
H02
MH
22M
H71
MH
10M
H43
MH
35M
H28
MH
24M
H40
MH
15M
H19
MH
05M
H67
MH
27M
H55
MH
03M
H38
MH
01M
H07
MH
50M
H51
MH
34M
H37
MH
45M
H23
MH
52M
H57
MH
21M
H54
MH
83M
H92
MH
93M
H29
MH
56M
H60
MH
26
Older adult consultant psychiatrists per 10 beds
10
15
20
25
10
12
14
16
18
20
Page 67
MH07: 10.7
Mean: 8.2
Median: 8.0
Upper Q: 8.9
Lower Q: 6.7
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 70
MH07: 9.6
Mean: 8.1
Median: 7.7
Upper Q: 8.5
Lower Q: 6.7
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 71
0
5
10
15
20
25
MH
44
MH
85
MH
25
MH
65
MH
84
MH
83
MH
07
MH
09
MH
71
MH
60
MH
70
MH
16
MH
54
MH
05
MH
67
MH
59
MH
95
MH
10
MH
02
MH
23
MH
21
MH
36
MH
51
MH
17
MH
34M
H5
3M
H4
1M
H9
4M
H52
MH
43
MH
55
MH
03
MH
61
MH
24
MH
20
MH
63
MH
58
MH
15
MH
32
MH
28
MH
01
MH
92
MH
56
MH
29
MH
42
MH
06
MH
19
MH
22
MH
33
MH
35
MH
39
MH
57
MH
18
MH
74M
H6
9M
H3
8M
H6
4M
H04
MH
12
MH
11
MH
08
MH
27
MH
50
MH
93
MH
40
MH
26
MH
37
MH
45
Adult acute weighted nurses per 10 beds
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
MH
25M
H61
MH
43M
H83
MH
38M
H84
MH
18M
H94
MH
65M
H07
MH
54M
H09
MH
53M
H19
MH
06M
H34
MH
32M
H93
MH
17M
H56
MH
44M
H02
MH
52M
H71
MH
67M
H28
MH
15M
H33
MH
41M
H55
MH
42M
H74
MH
39M
H45
MH
03M
H58
MH
16M
H05
MH
69M
H59
MH
01M
H22
MH
04M
H29
MH
26M
H27
MH
23M
H20
MH
95M
H08
MH
64M
H63
MH
36M
H92
MH
51M
H35
MH
70M
H50
MH
40M
H57
MH
24M
H11
MH
10M
H60
MH
37M
H12
MH
21
Older adult weighted nurses per 10 beds
10%
12%
10%
15%
20%
25%
Page 68
MH07: 8%
Mean: 6%
Median: 6%
Upper Q: 7%
Lower Q: 5%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 72
MH07: 6%
Mean: 12%
Median: 11%
Upper Q: 15%
Lower Q: 8%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 73
0%
2%
4%
6%
8%
10%
12%
MH
65
MH
45
MH
40
MH
58
MH
41
MH
56
MH
84
MH
07M
H9
2M
H4
4M
H1
6M
H3
7M
H0
1M
H7
4M
H0
3M
H5
9M
H5
7M
H9
4M
H9
3M
H2
9M
H2
4M
H3
8M
H6
7M
H8
3M
H2
8M
H3
2M
H0
8M
H3
4M
H43
MH
42
MH
04
MH
53
MH
26
MH
22
MH
70
MH
23
MH
27
MH
06
MH
10
MH
15
MH
60
MH
05
MH
19
MH
18
MH
55
MH
17
MH
12
MH
33
MH
11
MH
36M
H02
MH
64
MH
51
MH
25
MH
21
MH
52
MH
95
MH
63
MH
54
MH
20
MH
69
MH
35
MH
71
MH
50
Adult acute staff sickness / absence %
0%
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
MH
33M
H45
MH
69M
H03
MH
22M
H35
MH
20M
H02
MH
95M
H74
MH
50M
H06
MH
34M
H04
MH
94M
H24
MH
71M
H21
MH
23M
H11
MH
25M
H17
MH
52M
H64
MH
56M
H40
MH
37M
H58
MH
15M
H83
MH
27M
H12
MH
53M
H60
MH
01M
H05
MH
92M
H93
MH
44M
H29
MH
32M
H10
MH
57M
H08
MH
51M
H43
MH
55M
H67
MH
18M
H84
MH
42M
H54
MH
36M
H65
MH
38M
H19
MH
07M
H63
MH
70M
H28
MH
16M
H26
MH
41M
H59
Adult acute staff turnover %
10%15%20%25%30%35%40%45%50%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
Page 69
MH07: 4%
Mean: 17%
Median: 15%
Upper Q: 21%
Lower Q: 11%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 74
MH07: 36%
Mean: 23%
Median: 23%
Upper Q: 28%
Lower Q: 17%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 75
0%5%
10%15%20%25%30%35%40%45%50%
MH
45M
H69
MH
17M
H25
MH
07M
H29
MH
52M
H34
MH
21M
H03
MH
63M
H40
MH
50M
H09
MH
04M
H44
MH
36M
H95
MH
53M
H22
MH
37M
H35
MH
74M
H15
MH
93M
H65
MH
64M
H33
MH
24M
H41
MH
26M
H54
MH
57M
H18
MH
23M
H10
MH
05M
H27
MH
56M
H58
MH
02M
H20
MH
84M
H94
MH
61M
H85
MH
92M
H60
MH
83M
H39
MH
11M
H67
MH
08M
H42
MH
32M
H19
MH
51M
H55
MH
06M
H66
MH
28M
H01
MH
16M
H59
MH
12M
H70
MH
38M
H71
MH
43
Adult acute spend on Bank and Agency (as a % of total spend on staffing)
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
MH
45
MH
69
MH
04M
H3
3M
H0
3M
H1
7M
H2
6M
H5
5M
H5
0M
H6
3M
H5
2M
H1
8M
H6
4M
H3
5M
H9
5M
H1
2M
H1
0M
H6
7M
H2
4M
H2
5M
H1
5M
H4
0M
H2
3M
H2
2M
H5
6M
H4
1M
H2
1M
H5
7M
H1
1M
H6
1M
H7
1M
H6
0M
H2
7M
H5
4M
H3
4M
H8
5M
H1
9M
H3
6M
H4
4M
H0
2M
H8
4M
H2
0M
H8
3M
H5
3M
H3
7M
H16
MH
28
MH
01
MH
43
MH
94
MH
32
MH
42
MH
07M
H0
8M
H6
5M
H7
4M
H3
8M
H0
5
Adult acute WTE vacancies as % of staff in post
Page 70
Community workforce
MH07 Mean Median
MH07: 60
Mean: 74
Median: 70
Upper Q: 86
Lower Q: 58
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 76
Community total WTE per 100,000 weighted
population (age 16+)60.3 74.2 69.8
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
MH
18M
H01
MH
71M
H32
MH
93M
H58
MH
51M
H43
MH
55M
H83
MH
59M
H28
MH
06M
H61
MH
12M
H64
MH
15M
H92
MH
41M
H70
MH
84M
H65
MH
74M
H66
MH
39M
H02
MH
69M
H95
MH
67M
H42
MH
27M
H05
MH
53M
H56
MH
20M
H72
MH
08M
H24
MH
35M
H21
MH
17M
H57
MH
63M
H07
MH
94M
H03
MH
16M
H29
MH
45M
H36
MH
23M
H40
MH
09M
H37
MH
19M
H25
MH
34M
H04
MH
60M
H38
MH
44M
H50
MH
33M
H11
MH
22M
H10
MH
52M
H26
MH
54
Community total WTE per 100,000 weighted population (age 16+)
The largest determining factor in how many people can be supported in the community is the size of the community workforce. The chart below shows the total community workforce across all team types, benchmarked per 100,000 population age 16+. This figure has shown a reduction in recent years.
Participants can explore positions for each of their community team types, including skill mix and discipline
Page 71
Peer support workers
MH07: ...
Mean: 0.2
Median: 0.1
Upper Q: 0.4
Lower Q: 0.0
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 77
MH07: 0.6
Mean: 0.6
Median: 0.5
Upper Q: 0.9
Lower Q: 0.3
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 78
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
MH
64
MH
84
MH
83
MH
63
MH
24
MH
27
MH
44
MH
20
MH
23
MH
16
Adult acute peer support workers (paid) per 10 beds
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
MH
63
MH
24
MH
64
MH
15
MH
18
MH
44
MH
84
MH
07
MH
92
MH
02
MH
08
MH
03
MH
65
MH
33
MH
54
MH
23
MH
16
Community - peer support workers (paid) per 100,000 weighted population (age 16+)
The inclusion of paid peer support workers within the workforce has gained momentum in recent years, but numbers are still small and most organisations reported they did not have paid peer support workers in post in their adult acute wards, or within their community teams.
Page 72
Finance
MH07 Mean Median
Older adult cost per bed 141,007£ 154,000£ 151,744£
Generic CMHT cost per patient on the caseload 3,190£ 3,294£ 3,050£
National trend
Adult acute cost per bed 152,880£ 144,837£ 143,196£
£100,000
£150,000
£200,000
£250,000
£100,000
£150,000
£200,000
£250,000
£300,000
£350,000
Average bed costs have risen steadily over the last 6 years, from £113,055 in 2012/13 to £140,182 in 2017/18. This year's position exceeds this, at £144,837 per adult acute bed, per annum.
Similarly, older adult bed costs have risen from £113,565 in 2012/13 to £134,949 in 2017/18. This year, the figure reached £154,000.
Factors contributing to increases in bed costs may include staffing levels and workforce pay increases and use of bank and agency staff, along with estate and other corporate costs.
Although community costs are lower, these too have seen a rise in recent years. Cost per patient on a Generic CMHT caseload was £2,702 in 2012/13. This rose to £3,367 in 2017/18. This year's figure is £3,294.
Page 73
MH07: £152,880
Mean: £144,837
Median: £143,196
Upper Q: £155,384
Lower Q: £130,804
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 79
MH07: £141,007
Mean: £154,000
Median: £151,744
Upper Q: £170,959
Lower Q: £134,658
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 80
£0
£50,000
£100,000
£150,000
£200,000
£250,000
MH
59M
H69
MH
15M
H65
MH
45M
H21
MH
17M
H20
MH
39M
H25
MH
09M
H41
MH
37M
H50
MH
92M
H05
MH
85M
H67
MH
16M
H07
MH
95M
H52
MH
40M
H23
MH
54M
H63
MH
02M
H56
MH
11M
H22
MH
04M
H06
MH
34M
H35
MH
27M
H33
MH
70M
H10
MH
36M
H12
MH
83M
H93
MH
32M
H94
MH
43M
H64
MH
24M
H26
MH
71M
H01
MH
28M
H18
MH
44M
H60
MH
42M
H53
MH
08M
H03
MH
58M
H51
MH
84M
H19
MH
74M
H29
MH
66M
H61
MH
38
Adult acute cost per bed
£0
£50,000
£100,000
£150,000
£200,000
£250,000
£300,000
£350,000
MH
44M
H61
MH
93M
H41
MH
06M
H12
MH
45M
H52
MH
56M
H65
MH
67M
H15
MH
18M
H26
MH
38M
H25
MH
22M
H17
MH
39M
H08
MH
59M
H02
MH
94M
H32
MH
92M
H42
MH
66M
H19
MH
43M
H37
MH
54M
H20
MH
51M
H33
MH
16M
H40
MH
50M
H11
MH
34M
H74
MH
10M
H09
MH
28M
H04
MH
07M
H27
MH
95M
H35
MH
05M
H36
MH
23M
H71
MH
24M
H83
MH
53M
H03
MH
58M
H64
MH
69M
H29
MH
63M
H01
MH
21M
H70
MH
84M
H60
Older adult cost per bed
£1,000
£2,000
£3,000
£4,000
£5,000
£6,000
£7,000
£8,000
£9,000
Page 74
MH07: £3,190
Mean: £3,294
Median: £3,050
Upper Q: £4,109
Lower Q: £2,294
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 81
£0
£1,000
£2,000
£3,000
£4,000
£5,000
£6,000
£7,000
£8,000
£9,000
MH
17M
H71
MH
65M
H53
MH
69M
H01
MH
92M
H09
MH
93M
H20
MH
19M
H34
MH
37M
H21
MH
50M
H94
MH
28M
H42
MH
41M
H39
MH
66M
H22
MH
15M
H27
MH
23M
H64
MH
02M
H07
MH
32M
H08
MH
56M
H44
MH
95M
H67
MH
84M
H11
MH
38M
H43
MH
33M
H35
MH
12M
H61
MH
16M
H25
MH
52M
H45
MH
74M
H05
MH
54M
H24
MH
29M
H83
MH
59M
H03
MH
10M
H36
MH
58M
H40
MH
26M
H60
MH
70
Generic CMHT cost per patient on the caseload
Page 75
Quality
MH07 Mean Median
NHS Friends and Family Test (FFT) Patient
Satisfaction Score 98% 87% 90%
National trend
Community Teams Patient Satisfaction Score66% 68% 69% 100%
100%
The CQC undertake surveys to find out the experience of people who receive care and treatment. One of these covers community mental health teams and reports a position of people whose view was that overall they had a good experience of community mental health services. This year, the average position reported was 68%, taking it below the levels seen in the last 7 years (between 69% and 73%).
The NHS Friends and Family Test was created to help service providers and commissioners understand whether their patients are happy with the service provided, or where improvements are needed. It includes a number of measures of patient and staff satisfaction. This year, participants reported an average patient satisfaction score of 87%.
Page 76
MH07: 66%
Mean: 68%
Median: 69%
Upper Q: 71%
Lower Q: 67%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 82
MH07: 98%
Mean: 87%
Median: 90%
Upper Q: 92%
Lower Q: 85%
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 83
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
MH
24M
H18
MH
05M
H20
MH
03M
H92
MH
93M
H04
MH
33M
H38
MH
53M
H12
MH
37M
H17
MH
22M
H40
MH
74M
H28
MH
66M
H10
MH
29M
H63
MH
11M
H56
MH
06M
H57
MH
26M
H64
MH
72M
H44
MH
27M
H21
MH
15M
H65
MH
42M
H19
MH
09M
H50
MH
34M
H39
MH
60M
H45
MH
08M
H23
MH
07M
H94
MH
95M
H25
MH
41M
H52
MH
02M
H54
MH
61M
H32
MH
35M
H36
Community Teams Patient Satisfaction Score
0%10%20%30%40%50%60%70%80%90%
100%
MH
07M
H36
MH
34M
H56
MH
63M
H39
MH
66M
H20
MH
25M
H11
MH
37M
H42
MH
27M
H04
MH
38M
H24
MH
45M
H08
MH
06M
H54
MH
43M
H44
MH
33M
H10
MH
05M
H02
MH
41M
H35
MH
50M
H17
MH
23M
H26
MH
64M
H72
MH
65M
H94
MH
95M
H60
MH
09M
H32
MH
21M
H18
MH
19M
H03
MH
92M
H93
MH
28M
H01
MH
52M
H22
MH
53M
H74
MH
57M
H90
NHS Friends and Family Test (FFT) Patient Satisfaction Score
Page 77
Incidents
MH07 Mean Median
PICU prone restraint per 10,000 occupied bed
days3 91 74
Older adult prone restraint per 10,000 occupied
bed days1 2 1
PICU restraint per 10,000 occupied bed days354 476 426
Adult acute prone restraint per 10,000 occupied
bed days1 17 11
Older adult restraint per 10,000 occupied bed
days112 85 65
National trend
Adult acute restraint per 10,000 occupied bed
days187 103 98
100
150
200
250
10
20
30
40
50
60
70Incident rates provide another perspective on the quality of a service, by flagging any areas of concern in an inpatient environment. Because of the differences in patient cohort between services, this data is disaggregated to ward type. The charts on the following page show positions for adult acute, older adult and PICU wards. Participants can explore their positions for all other bed types in the NHS Benchmarking Network Mental Health Toolkit.
Participants have reported clear reductions in use of prone restraint in the last three years.
Page 78
MH07: 187
Mean: 103
Median: 98
Upper Q: 131
Lower Q: 73
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 84
MH07: 1
Mean: 17
Median: 11
Upper Q: 24
Lower Q: 7
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 85
0
50
100
150
200
250
MH
64
MH
60
MH
07
MH
92M
H4
1M
H9
3M
H0
4M
H5
7M
H2
8M
H2
5M
H1
8M
H2
4M
H0
2M
H1
0M
H3
3M
H3
2M
H6
3M
H1
9M
H9
4M
H2
7M
H1
2M
H2
2M
H0
6M
H34
MH
44
MH
52
MH
08
MH
95
MH
55
MH
43
MH
54
MH
53
MH
56
MH
23
MH
01
MH
74
MH
26
MH
21
MH
40
MH
05
MH
45
MH
66
MH
20
MH
71M
H5
0M
H3
6M
H0
3M
H3
5M
H1
1M
H6
5M
H6
1M
H3
7M
H6
7M
H5
8M
H3
8M
H8
3M
H7
0
Adult acute restraint per 10,000 occupied bed days
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
MH
10M
H24
MH
22M
H92
MH
57M
H54
MH
94M
H28
MH
32M
H04
MH
27M
H52
MH
56M
H45
MH
44M
H19
MH
23M
H34
MH
71M
H26
MH
05M
H02
MH
74M
H20
MH
03M
H95
MH
33M
H08
MH
11M
H38
MH
55M
H61
MH
40M
H35
MH
60M
H93
MH
63M
H58
MH
67M
H25
MH
65M
H12
MH
06M
H37
MH
50M
H53
MH
84M
H66
MH
36M
H07
MH
83M
H21
MH
41M
H18
MH
64M
H01
Adult acute prone restraint per 10,000 occupied bed days
100
150
200
250
300
350
10
12
Page 79
MH07: 112
Mean: 85
Median: 65
Upper Q: 110
Lower Q: 33
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 86
MH07: 1
Mean: 2
Median: 1
Upper Q: 3
Lower Q: 0
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 87
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
MH
34
MH
41
MH
28
MH
12
MH
57
MH
93
MH
32
MH
92M
H0
8M
H0
2M
H1
8M
H5
3M
H6
4M
H0
7M
H06
MH
55
MH
65
MH
61
MH
74
MH
58
MH
66
MH
43
MH
37
MH
10
MH
05
MH
26
MH
25
MH
63
MH
56
MH
04
MH
20
MH
35
MH
60
MH
54
MH
27
MH
22
MH
94
MH
45
MH
33
MH
24
MH
21
MH
44M
H4
0M
H6
7M
H1
9M
H3
6M
H1
1M
H2
3M
H03
MH
50
MH
95
MH
83
MH
01
MH
71
MH
38
Older adult restraint per 10,000 occupied bed days
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
MH
93M
H74
MH
28M
H22
MH
10M
H24
MH
05M
H32
MH
45M
H04
MH
54M
H94
MH
27M
H33
MH
44M
H02
MH
58M
H19
MH
35M
H52
MH
63M
H56
MH
12M
H03
MH
26M
H23
MH
66M
H07
MH
95M
H60
MH
40M
H53
MH
67M
H37
MH
08M
H57
MH
36M
H20
MH
92M
H34
MH
11M
H38
MH
21M
H06
MH
61M
H25
MH
41M
H18
MH
65M
H50
MH
64M
H83
MH
71M
H01
Older adult prone restraint per 10,000 occupied bed days
1,000
1,200
1,400
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
Page 80
MH07: 354
Mean: 476
Median: 426
Upper Q: 599
Lower Q: 287
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 88
MH07: 3
Mean: 91
Median: 74
Upper Q: 127
Lower Q: 23
Region:
Trusts:
Figure 89
0
200
400
600
800
1,000
1,200
1,400
MH
55
MH
18
MH
06
MH
08
MH
34
MH
63M
H6
4M
H2
8M
H1
2M
H0
2M
H4
1M
H0
5M
H6
6M
H3
3M
H9
2M
H1
9M
H3
2M
H5
0M
H3
1M
H1
0M
H0
4M
H6
5M
H74
MH
22
MH
57
MH
40
MH
24
MH
54
MH
38
MH
94
MH
01
MH
36
MH
07
MH
45
MH
37
MH
21
MH
61
MH
26
MH
17
MH
20M
H4
4M
H2
3M
H1
1M
H9
5M
H5
2M
H0
3M
H6
7M
H2
5M
H5
8M
H8
3M
H7
0M
H3
5M
H6
0
PICU restraint per 10,000 occupied bed days
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
MH
54M
H10
MH
22M
H19
MH
28M
H05
MH
34M
H32
MH
02M
H17
MH
12M
H74
MH
65M
H04
MH
45M
H24
MH
44M
H52
MH
57M
H08
MH
38M
H63
MH
31M
H92
MH
94M
H20
MH
67M
H03
MH
33M
H11
MH
06M
H23
MH
40M
H35
MH
61M
H37
MH
84M
H50
MH
26M
H66
MH
36M
H25
MH
95M
H83
MH
64M
H07
MH
21M
H41
MH
18M
H60
MH
01
PICU prone restraint per 10,000 occupied bed days
Page 81
Balance of Care
Community
MH07: 49.1%
Mean: 53.2%
Median: 53.3%
Hospital
MH07: 50.9%
Mean: 46.8%
Median: 46.7%
Figure 90
Community
MH07: 90.6%
Mean: 85.7%
Median: 86.8%
Hospital
MH07: 9.4%
Mean: 14.3%
Median: 13.2%
Figure 91
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
MH
63M
H16
MH
18M
H26
MH
45M
H36
MH
54M
H11
MH
67M
H01
MH
37M
H23
MH
34M
H09
MH
52M
H06
MH
59M
H69
MH
19M
H61
MH
07M
H25
MH
74M
H22
MH
28M
H43
MH
40M
H41
MH
05M
H02
MH
10M
H39
MH
94M
H12
MH
03M
H56
MH
17M
H24
MH
35M
H38
MH
95M
H42
MH
70M
H92
MH
08M
H50
MH
15M
H21
MH
53M
H93
MH
58M
H84
MH
44M
H60
MH
29M
H83
MH
32M
H33
MH
65M
H66
MH
27M
H71
MH
64M
H20
Balance of Financial Investment
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
MH
94M
H67
MH
06M
H84
MH
11M
H34
MH
04M
H19
MH
18M
H23
MH
58M
H63
MH
09M
H43
MH
52M
H20
MH
03M
H61
MH
53M
H50
MH
22M
H01
MH
21M
H45
MH
57M
H37
MH
69M
H27
MH
16M
H12
MH
42M
H74
MH
17M
H24
MH
25M
H26
MH
60M
H44
MH
15M
H51
MH
54M
H41
MH
55M
H72
MH
95M
H28
MH
65M
H35
MH
38M
H83
MH
56M
H71
MH
02M
H36
MH
64M
H08
MH
39M
H66
MH
29M
H59
MH
07M
H10
MH
68M
H05
MH
32M
H93
MH
70M
H33
MH
40M
H92
Balance of Activity
There have been small but sustained changes in the balance between inpatient and community services in recent years.
The balance of financial investment has seen a marginal increase in spend on community services as a proportion of overall investment. This year's figure of 53% represents the 5th annual increase, however the pace of change is slow, and the figure in 2013/14 was 51%.
The balance of workforce has continued to move in the opposite direction, likely as a result of safer staffing initiatives dictating minimum levels for inpatient environments (a noticeable increase took place in 2014/15). In 2013/14, participants reported 39% of their workforce was based in a community setting. This has increased to 48% this year, the highest figure reported over the last 6 years.
Page 82
Community
MH07: 55.4%
Mean: 51.6%
Median: 52.5%
Hospital
MH07: 44.6%
Mean: 48.4%
Median: 47.5%
Figure 92
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
MH
36M
H54
MH
52M
H25
MH
16M
H44
MH
69M
H61
MH
23M
H34
MH
18M
H67
MH
95M
H09
MH
02M
H19
MH
94M
H29
MH
05M
H45
MH
41M
H37
MH
01M
H26
MH
74M
H57
MH
10M
H11
MH
51M
H22
MH
53M
H43
MH
03M
H20
MH
60M
H38
MH
28M
H63
MH
65M
H24
MH
83M
H07
MH
17M
H06
MH
84M
H15
MH
92M
H40
MH
39M
H04
MH
58M
H70
MH
50M
H55
MH
12M
H35
MH
21M
H59
MH
32M
H42
MH
27M
H56
MH
33M
H93
MH
08M
H71
MH
64
Balance of Workforce
Page 83
Conclusion
The NHS Benchmarking Network are delighted to publish the 2019 edition of our mental health benchmarking report. The report provides a state of the nation view of NHS specialist mental health services.
We would like to express our thanks to all contributors in the 2019 UK mental health benchmarking process which has again revealed interesting findings for the NHS. The depth and breadth of the data helps to generate confidence in the comparisons discussed in this report. Due to the consistent positions of many data items the focus on interpreting the data has shifted in many places to one of describing time-series changes in the data observed over the last 8 years of annual benchmarking. The 8-year benchmarking horizon allows firm conclusions to be made about overall trends in service demand and provision across the UK over this period.
The discussion of findings often begins with inpatient care and the debate around bed numbers. Data from 2018/19 shows a further stabilisation in capacity for Adult services and a slow down in the rate of bed reductions for inpatient Older People’s care.
Admission rates to Adult services have been reducing steadily over recent years, and this year participants reported a further reduction in capacity in this area in conjunction with an increase in length of stay.
Bed occupancy across most inpatient bed types is now high, with Adult Acute, Older People, PICU, Low Secure, Medium Secure and High Dependency Rehabilitation beds all averaging above the 85% target suggested by RCPsych and the CQC. The only areas where bed occupancy is notably below this level are CAMHS and Mother and Baby.
Each year our benchmarking results reaffirm the position that most service users receive their care in the community setting. Although increases in caseload size for both adult and older adult teams were reported in 2018/19, it should be noted that this year’s data set includes representation from all Health and Social Care Trusts in Northern Ireland for the first time. Northern Irish providers typically provide greater levels of community support per capita than peers in England. The background rate for England this year appears static, though this should be considered in the context of IAPT services which continue to grow and now support around 1.1 million people per annum in England.
Waiting times for community services show much variation by team, with most rapid access provided by Early Intervention in Psychosis and Assertive Outreach services. For Generic CMHTs, the median referral to treatment time is now 7.5 weeks.
The mental health workforce in 2018/19 demonstrates many of the characteristics evident in previous years’ data with providers relying on high levels of bank and agency staff in the inpatient environment. Variations are evident in workforce size and shape which link closely to wider trends in the UK labour market. The gradual switch of registered to unregistered nursing posts also continues.
Analysis of service quality metrics reveals a stable position across most providers. Data from the Friends and Family test in England confirms that 87% of service users say they would recommend services to their friends and family. Analysis of service quality metrics reveals a commitment to transparency in reporting of adverse incidents. Further reductions in the use of prone restraint are particularly pleasing as is a potential “topping out” in the overall level of use of restrictive interventions.
One of the central themes of the benchmarking work is to encourage providers to explore the balance of care between inpatient services and community care. Providers are encouraged to consider how best to ensure an appropriate balance of care between acute and community services. Data on the deployment of the mental health workforce and associated investment confirms an approximately equal split between bed and communitybenchmarking data by reference to key metrics including; waiting times to access community based care and scale of community offer, extent of use of out of area acute beds, and perceptions of service quality reported by service users and carers.
It is an ongoing privilege for the NHS Benchmarking Network to be able to analyse data from member organisations. We hope that the process is a rewarding one for members that provides crucial intelligence for both local assurance and strategy development processes. We look forward to the opportunity to discuss this year’s benchmarking findings with members at our annual mental health benchmarking conference in London on 16th October 2019.
Further comments or questions on any aspect of this report should be addressed to either Stephen Watkins or Zoe Morris on [email protected] or [email protected]
Page 84
The mental health workforce in 2018/19 demonstrates many of the characteristics evident in previous years’ data with providers relying on high levels of bank and agency staff in the inpatient environment. Variations are evident in workforce size and shape which link closely to wider trends in the UK labour market. The gradual switch of registered to unregistered nursing posts also continues.
Analysis of service quality metrics reveals a stable position across most providers. Data from the Friends and Family test in England confirms that 87% of service users say they would recommend services to their friends and family. Analysis of service quality metrics reveals a commitment to transparency in reporting of adverse incidents. Further reductions in the use of prone restraint are particularly pleasing as is a potential “topping out” in the overall level of use of restrictive interventions.
One of the central themes of the benchmarking work is to encourage providers to explore the balance of care between inpatient services and community care. Providers are encouraged to consider how best to ensure an appropriate balance of care between acute and community services. Data on the deployment of the mental health workforce and associated investment confirms an approximately equal split between bed and community-based services. The ability to achieve an appropriate system balance can be tested in the benchmarking data by reference to key metrics including; waiting times to access community based care and scale of community offer, extent of use of out of area acute beds, and perceptions of service quality reported by service users and carers.
It is an ongoing privilege for the NHS Benchmarking Network to be able to analyse data from member organisations. We hope that the process is a rewarding one for members that provides crucial intelligence for both local assurance and strategy development processes. We look forward to the opportunity to discuss this year’s benchmarking findings with members at our annual mental health benchmarking conference in London on 16th October 2019.
Further comments or questions on any aspect of this report should be addressed to either Stephen Watkins or Zoe Morris on [email protected] or [email protected]
Page 85
Index of charts
Figure 1 - Adult acute beds per 100,000 weighted population
Figure 2 - Adult acute bed occupancy excluding leave
Figure 3 - Adult acute bed occupancy including leave
Figure 4 - Adult acute admissions per 100,000 weighted population
Figure 5 - Adult acute admissions - patients not previously known to services
Figure 6 - Adult acute admissions - patients of no fixed abode (as a % of all patients admitted)
Figure 7 - Adult acute length of stay excluding leave
Figure 8 - Adult acute length of stay including leave
Figure 9 - Proportion of patients discharged with length of stay 0-3 days
Figure 10 - Proportion of patients discharged with length of stay 90 days or longer
Figure 11 - Adult acute admissions under the Mental Health Act
Figure 12 - Adult acute admissions under the Mental Health Act per 100,000 weighted population
Figure 13 - Adult acute mean length of stay for Mental Health Act detentions
Figure 14 - Adult acute delayed transfers of care
Figure 15 - Adult acute emergency readmissions
Figure 16 - Older adult beds per 100,000 weighted population
Figure 17 - Older adult bed occupancy excluding leave
Figure 18 - Older adult bed occupancy including leave
Figure 19 - Older adult admissions per 100,000 weighted population
Figure 20 - Older adult length of stay excluding leave
Figure 21 - Older adult length of stay including leave
Figure 22 - Older adult delayed transfers of care
Figure 23 - Older adult emergency readmissions
Figure 24 - PICU length of stay excluding leave
Figure 25 - PICU bed occupancy excluding leave
Figure 26 - Eating Disorders length of stay excluding leave
Figure 27 - Eating Disorders bed occupancy excluding leave
Figure 28 - Low Secure length of stay excluding leave
Figure 29 - Low Secure bed occupancy excluding leave
Figure 30 - Medium Secure length of stay excluding leave
Figure 31 - Medium Secure bed occupancy excluding leave
Figure 32 - High Dependency Rehabilitation length of stay excluding leave
Figure 33 - High Dependency Rehabilitation bed occupancy excluding leave
Figure 34 - Longer Term Complex / Continuing Care length of stay excluding leave
Figure 35 - Longer Term Complex / Continuing Care bed occupancy excluding leave
Figure 36 - Occupied bed days - clusters 1-8
Figure 37 - Occupied bed days - clusters 10-17
Figure 38 - Occupied bed days - clusters 18-21
Figure 39 - Total community caseload per 100,000 weighted population
Figure 40 - Working age adult teams - community caseload per 100,000 weighted population
Page 86
Figure 41 - Older adult teams - community caseload per 100,000 weighted population
Figure 45 - Total community contacts per 100,000 weighted population
Figure 46 - Working age adult teams - community contacts per 100,000 weighted population
Figure 47 - Older adult teams - community contacts per 100,000 weighted population
Figure 48 - Early Intervention referrals received per 100,000 weighted population
Figure 49 - Early Intervention referral acceptance rate
Figure 50 - Early Intervention caseload per 100,000 weighted population
Figure 51 - Total staff working in Early Intervention per 100,000 weighted population
Figure 52 - Early Intervention teams contacts per patient on the caseload
Figure 53 - Early Intervention team DNA rate
Figure 54 - Length of time on Early Intervention team caseload (months)
Figure 55 - CRHT face to face contacts per 100,000 weighted population
Figure 56 - Total staff working in CRHT teams per 100,000 weighted populationFigure 57 -
Psychiatri
Figure 58 - Total staff working in psychiatric liaison per 100,000 weighted population
Figure 59 - Section 136 Assessments per 100,000 weighted population
Figure 60 - Community caseload - Clusters 1-8
Figure 61 - Community contacts - Clusters 1-8
Figure 62 - Community caseload - Clusters 10-16
Figure 63 - Community contacts - Clusters 10-16
Figure 64 - Community caseload - Cluster 17
Figure 65 - Community contacts - Cluster 17
Figure 66 - Community caseload - Clusters 18-21
Figure 67 - Community contacts - Clusters 18-21
Figure 68 - Adult acute consultant psychiatrists per 10 beds
Figure 69 - Older adult consultant psychiatrists per 10 beds
Figure 70 - Adult acute weighted nurses per 10 beds
Figure 71 - Older adult weighted nurses per 10 beds
Figure 72 - Adult acute staff sickness / absence %
Figure 73 - Adult acute staff turnover %
Figure 74 - Adult acute WTE vacancies as % of staff in post
Figure 75 - Adult acute spend on Bank and Agency (as a % of total spend on staffing)
Figure 76 - Community total WTE per 100,000 weighted population (age 16+)
Figure 77 - Adult acute peer support workers (paid) per 10 beds
Figure 42 - Proportion of caseload on 31st March 2019 who had at least one F2F contact during previous 3 months -
Generic CMHT
Figure 43 - Proportion of caseload on 31st March 2019 who had at least one F2F contact during previous 3 months - Early
Intervention
Figure 44 - Proportion of caseload on 31st March 2019 who had at least one F2F contact during previous 3 months - Older
People
Page 87
Figure 78 - Community - peer support workers (paid) per 100,000 weighted population (age 16+)
Figure 79 - Adult acute cost per bed
Figure 80 - Older adult cost per bed
Figure 81 - Generic CMHT cost per patient on the caseload
Figure 82 - Community Teams Patient Satisfaction Score
Figure 83 - NHS Friends and Family Test (FFT) Patient Satisfaction Score
Figure 84 - Adult acute restraint per 10,000 occupied bed days
Figure 85 - Adult acute prone restraint per 10,000 occupied bed days
Figure 86 - Older adult restraint per 10,000 occupied bed days
Figure 87 - Older adult prone restraint per 10,000 occupied bed days
Figure 88 - PICU restraint per 10,000 occupied bed days
Figure 89 - PICU prone restraint per 10,000 occupied bed days
Page 88
Raising Standards through Sharing Excellence
Benchmarking Learning Disability
services
March 2019
NHS Benchmarking Network
Contents
Introduction 3
Project participation 4
Benchmarking results
o Overview metrics 5
o Adult inpatient learning disability services 13
o Adult community learning disability services 36
o Children’s learning disability services 47
Good practice 52
Conclusion and next steps 65
Summary infographic 66
2
▪ Welcome to the 2018 NHS Benchmarking Network Learning Disabilities project summary report presenting 2017/18 outturn data
to project participants. We would like to thank participants for submitting their data and are pleased to be in the position to
provide a view of the services delivered to people with learning disabilities commissioned by the NHS. This year the project ran
alongside the NHS Improvement learning disabilities improvement standards project, which ran for an initial pilot year and
provides not only quantitative information but qualitative benchmarking information on providers baseline position in achieving the
national improvement standards. Both projects are aligned with national policy and reference NHS England's Transforming
Care Programme. The NHS Benchmarking Network’s Learning Disability project provides a broad assessment of the state of
NHS learning disability services. The project plays a key role in understanding how services are commissioned, funded, and
provided. This is the 4th cycle of the project’s work which also provides an opportunity to track changes taking place over time.
This report is an overview of the aggregate position across all participant organisations.
▪ 52 organisations took part in the 2018 Learning Disabilities project. Participants cover providers in England, Wales and Northern
Ireland, and include NHS and Independent sector organisations. These organisations provided data on adult and children’s
learning disability services, covering inpatient and community services. Data collection was carried out in the autumn of 2018, and
a period of data validation was undertaken in early 2019.
▪ Many metrics in this report have been benchmarked per 100,000 GP registered population. These populations have been
provided to NHSBN by provider organisations, and represent the total population covered by Trusts. An online analysis tool is
available to participants to enable organisations to view their benchmarked positions on key indicators. A bespoke report has also
been made available to all participants, highlighting provider positions on a range of key metrics. The next iteration of this project
is scheduled to take place in 2019 and will enable further time series comparisons to take place. The next version of the project
will profile data relating to 2018/19 and will launch for data collection in September 2019.
▪ If you have any questions about the contents of this report, or the Learning Disabilities project, please contact Jessica Walsh
Introduction 3
Project participationA total of 52 provider organisations took part in the project. This included 47 English Trusts and Foundation Trusts, 4 Welsh
Local Health Boards and 1 Northern Ireland Health and Social Care Trusts.
• 2gether NHS Foundation Trust
• Abertawe Bro Morgannwg University Health Board
• Aneurin Bevan University Health Board
• Ashford and St Peter's Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust
• Avon and Wiltshire Mental Health Partnership NHS Trust
• Belfast Health and Social Care Trust
• Berkshire Healthcare NHS Foundation Trust
• Betsi Cadwaladr University Health Board
• Birmingham Community Healthcare NHS Foundation Trust
• Black Country Partnership NHS Foundation Trust
• Blackpool Teaching Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust
• Cambridgeshire and Peterborough NHS Foundation Trust
• Central and North West London NHS Foundation Trust
• Coventry and Warwickshire Partnership NHS Trust
• Cumbria Partnership NHS Foundation Trust
• Derbyshire Healthcare NHS Foundation Trust
• Devon Partnership NHS Trust
• Dorset HealthCare University NHS Foundation Trust
• East London NHS Foundation Trust
• Essex Partnership University NHS Foundation Trust
• Hertfordshire Partnership University NHS Foundation Trust
• Humber NHS Foundation Trust
• Hywel Dda University Health Board
• Kent and Medway NHS and Social Care Partnership Trust
• Kent Community Health NHS Foundation Trust
• Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust
• Leeds and York Partnership NHS Foundation Trust
• Leicestershire Partnership NHS Trust
• Livewell Southwest
• Mersey Care NHS Foundation Trust
• Midlands Partnership NHS Foundation Trust
• Norfolk and Suffolk NHS Foundation Trust
• North East London NHS Foundation Trust
• North Staffordshire Combined Healthcare NHS Trust
• North West Boroughs Healthcare NHS Foundation Trust
• Northamptonshire Healthcare NHS Foundation Trust
• Northumberland, Tyne and Wear NHS Foundation Trust
• Nottinghamshire Healthcare NHS Foundation Trust
• Oxford Health NHS Foundation Trust
• Sheffield Health and Social Care NHS Foundation Trust
• Solent NHS Trust
• Somerset Partnership NHS Foundation Trust
• South West London and St George's Mental Health NHS Trust
• South West Yorkshire Partnership NHS Foundation Trust
• Southern Health NHS Foundation Trust
• St Andrew’s Healthcare
• Surrey and Borders Partnership NHS Foundation Trust
• Sussex Partnership NHS Foundation Trust
• Tees, Esk and Wear Valleys NHS Foundation Trust
• The Huntercombe Group
• Wiltshire Health and Care
• Worcestershire Health and Care NHS Trust
4
Population and prevalence
▪ In the UK, an estimated 1.5 million people have
a learning disability, that’s approximately 2.3%
of the population.
▪ Each year, GP’s provide information to NHS
England through the quality and outcomes
framework (QoF) on how many adults
registered within their practice have a learning
disability. The chart opposite shows figures
reported for CCG areas in England. The data
shows significant variation between areas with
a mean average of 0.47%. The gap between
expected prevalence and the rates recorded by
GPs are due to under-recording of people on
GP systems.
National data from Public Health England suggests that only 49% of people on GP Practice learning disabilities registers
received an annual health check. This data relates to 2016/17 but confirms a consistent under provision of annual health
checks.
The intention of annual health checks for people with learning disabilities, is to improve physical health. In 2017/18 participants
reported that 75.1% of people with a learning disability had a health check. This has increased since 2016/17, when it was
reported that 68.1% had received an annual health check. The organisations taking part in the NHSBN project therefore report
much higher achievement rates for annual physical health checks than in the wider population where less than 50% of people
receive a comprehensive annual health check. The under recording of LD status on practice systems and low coverage rates for
LD annual health checks represent an ongoing risk to the aspiration of improving mortality for people with a learning disability.
6
Commissioning arrangements
▪ In 2017/18 25% reported mixed contract arrangements, an increase from last year (22% in 2016/17) and cost per case
contract has reduced slightly this year from 4% in 2016/17 to 3.2% in 2017/18.
▪ None of the providers who took part in the project report a cost and volume contract commissioning arrangement.
▪ The move to population level health and care commissioning signified in the recently published NHS Plan will hopefully
provide a higher degree of assurance on the need to commission learning disability services effectively.
74%
4%
22%
This is the second year that
commissioning arrangements have
been reported in the project. 71% of
participants reported the most
common arrangement is block
contract, which is a decrease of 3%
from last year where 74% of providers
reporting this arrangement. Block
contracts can be a limiting factor in
service development aspirations but
also offer a degree of assurance. The
important background context for local
commissioning arrangements is of
course the extent to which baseline
contract values are protected by
commissioners and how LD services
are valued when compared with other
specialties.
7
Service overview – access arrangements
74%
4%
22%
▪ 79% of providers report that there is a single
point of access into the LD service. This is an
increase of 11% since 2016/17. This is a 20%
increase since 2013/14 where 58% reported
having a single point of access.
▪ There has also been an increase in
participants reporting using a screening tool
for initial assessment. The percentage with
this arrangement was 67% in 2016/17 and
has increased to 83% in 2017/18.
▪ 92% of providers have a specific referral
criteria into LD services in 2017/18, an
increase of 3% since 2016/17 (89%).
▪ In 2017/18 8% of providers advised they do
have functional mental health services
pathways from which LD service users are
excluded, an increase from the 4% reported in
2016/17 but still a reduction from the 14% of
providers who reported this in 2016. This
confirms a reduction in exclusion criteria to
specialist mental health services for service
users with a learning disability.
79% 83%
8% 92%
Single point of
accessScreening tool
Services exclude LD
service users
Specific referral
criteria to LD services
8
Access – hours of availability▪ There are a range of arrangements
for emergency access to services.
The percentage of providers with a
single speciality LD out of hours/on-
call team has risen from 32% in
2016/17 to 37% in 2017/18.
▪ Emergency duty team (social care)
services has reduced from 57% of
participants reporting they had this
service in 2016/17 to 54% in
2017/18.
▪ The availability of single speciality
LD OOHs/on-call team has
increased from 80 hours (Monday to
Friday) in 2016/17 to 85 hours
reported in 2017/18. Weekend
availability remains at same level as
2016/17 at 33 hours.
▪ Specific LD intensive intervention
teams are less commonly available
for emergency access to services,
This has reduced from 68 hours in
2016/17 to 60 hours in 2017/18. At
the weekend this has also reduced
from 24 hours (2016/17) to 19 hours
(2017/18).
9
We can therefore conclude from this analysis that a wide range of emergency
assessment services may be available in the out of hours period, but that access to
short notice interventions are much less available.
Specialist LD training
provided by Trusts
% of Trusts
who
reported
Yes
Patients 94%
Parents/ carer 93%
Education staff 63%
Registered/ unregistered 96%
Paid carers 87%
Third sector providers 87%
Other health/ social care 97%
Professional networks 87%
Peer support workers 58%
Other 31%
Workforce, leadership and trainingThe table opposite shows the percentage of Trusts who provide
specialist LD training. The most common recipients of this training
are patients and registered/unregistered nursing staff. The least
common recipients of specialist LD training are staff in the
education sector.
Alongside training offered, in 2017/18 90% of providers reported a
nominated medical lead for LD services, an increase from 83% in
2016/17. 91% reported a non-medical lead for LD services, an
increase from 89% in 2016/17.
32% of providers employ people with LD in the workforce. The
average WTE of the workforce employed with a LD is 0.34 WTE.
This low level of employment for people with a learning disability is
particularly surprising in the context of the wider service user and
carer engagement work that takes place across the sector.
The use of volunteers in the provision of LD services is reported by
55% of providers.
The average vacancy rate within adult LD services is 10%, this is a
decrease from 12% in 2016/17. There is wide variation however,
with providers reporting vacancy rates from 0% to 32%.
Sickness rate is reported at 5% and staff turnover rate is 12%. Both
rates being broadly consistent with wider NHS specialties. LD
services have much lower sickness absence rates than related
specialist services (including mental health services).
10
Patient and staff satisfaction ▪ Complaints and compliments are key metrics for
organisations to understand the experience of care
felt by patients and their carers. 94% of services
routinely carry out satisfaction surveys with LD
service users / carers, this is the same percentage
as the 2016/17 project reported.
▪ The average number of formal complaints per
10,000 occupied bed days is 11 in 2017/18. This
has reduced from 18 reported in 2016/17 and 22
reported complaints per 10,000 bed days in
2015/16.
▪ When measured against patient contacts, this
reduces to 2 formal complaints per 10,000
contacts.
▪ The average number of compliments per 10,000
occupied bed days is 99, an increase from 64 in
2016/17.
▪ Results from the national NHS staff survey report
that, on average, 80% of the learning disabilities
workforce feel satisfied with the quality of work and
patient care that they are delivering (see chart
opposite). This is a much higher staff satisfaction
rate than seen in related specialities.
11
CQC inspection
9%
81%
10%
7%24%
68%
▪ 62% of participants had a CQC inspection
during 2017/18. 21% have been inspected
within the last two years, and 18% have
not been inspected for more than two
years.
▪ The chart opposite shows the national
position across all Trusts as reported by
the CQC (inner ring).
▪ The outer ring shows the position of
project participants, of which 16% were
reported to be outstanding in 2017/18. 8%
of participants were rated outstanding
during 2016/17.
▪ 72% were reported as good and 12%
required improvement.
▪ The data therefore confirms a position
whereby project participants reported a
much better quality rating than the wider
LD provider sector. No organisations who
took part in the benchmarking project
reported a rating of inadequate.
12
Service user demographics
20%
32%27%
14%
7%
87%
5%
• The charts below show the service user profile for adult inpatient services 2017/18.
• Service users are reported 84% White British ethnicity. This compares to 84% of the general population for England
and Wales. The area with the widest gap in terms of service user diversity is the prevalence of Asian British people
who account for 7% of the inpatient cohort but 10% of the general population. Over half (58%) of service users fall
within the age bracket 26 – 54. Service users over the age of 65 account for only 11% of total service users and may
unfortunately reflect the higher levels of premature mortality evident in people with a learning disability.
14
Bed based service portfolio
Bed based service
% of participants
who provide the
service (2017/18)
% of participants
who provide the
service (2016/17)
High secure forensic beds 0% 0%
Medium secure forensic beds 26% 18%
Low secure forensic beds 35% 37%
Acute admission beds within specialist LD units 71% 74%
Acute admissions beds within generic mental health
settings
29% 24%
Forensic rehabilitation beds 13% 9%
Complex continuing care & rehabilitations beds 29% 29%
Other beds including those for specialist
neuropsychiatric conditions
13% 9%
Step up/ step down beds 8% 12%
Crisis beds 2% 0%
Inpatient short breaks/ respite schemes 25% 29%
▪ Participants were asked which bed based services are provided by the organisation.
▪ Acute admission beds within specialist LD units, low secure forensic beds, and complex continuing care / rehabilitation beds are
the most commonly provided bed types. No providers reported the provision of crisis or high secure beds.
▪ The data confirms a marginal reduction in the number of providers with beds. The main bed provision of Learning Disability
Assessment and Treatment beds (i.e. Acute Admissions Beds) have reduced from 74% of providers to 71% of providers in the
last year.
15
▪ Participants were asked to report
the provision of specialist LD
beds within their organisation.
The charts in the online
benchmarking toolkit show
variation and the extent of
provision by each provider.
▪ An average of 5.8 beds are
provided per 100,000 population.
▪ The number of secure/ forensic
beds and complex continuing
care rehabilitation beds have
remained at a similar level as the
2016/17 and 2015/16 figures.
▪ A further reduction in both acute
admission specialised LD units
and complex continuing care and
rehabilitation is evident.
Provision of LD Specialist beds 16
▪ Overall bed numbers have fallen from 7.5 per 100,000 population in 2013/14 to 5.8 per 100,000 population in
2017/18 with ongoing reductions noted within the last 12 months.
Average length of stay
▪ Average length of stay is a key performance measure, which can be used to measure efficiency, to assess whether
appropriate patients are being admitted to beds, and assess the suitability of care pathways.
▪ Average length of stay has increased in acute admissions beds, compared to 2016/17 (237 days vs 230 days). Complex
continuing care and rehab beds average length of stay did though reduce to 649 days in 2017/18 from 1,036 days in 2016/17.
17
1036
▪ The average length of stay in acute admission beds within specialised LD units is 237 days, an increase from 230 days in
2016/17, and a decrease from the 2015/16 position of 244 days.
▪ There is a wide variation across providers in average length of stay within this data, from 7.2 days to 1,143 days (3 years).
Average length of stay – acute admissions in specialist LD units
18
Delayed transfers of care - % bed days lost
▪ Delayed transfers of care can be frustrating for ward teams, patients and carers, particularly when there is
pressure on beds. Delays can be caused by patients who are fit for discharge being forced to wait for a bed or
packages of care to be agreed and put in place before discharge can take place. Delayed transfers of care are
calculated as the number of bed days lost due to delays as a percentage of all occupied bed days.
▪ Where DTOCs were present, these accounted for 16% of total bed days for acute admissions to specialist LD
units, this is a 2% reduction since 2016/17 where the percentage was 18%. This may reflect the complexity of
inpatient care and difficulties in arranging community handover and appropriate supported living places.
19
Bed reductions
• In line with the Transforming Care Programme, providers have taken steps to reduce bed numbers in recent years. Within
the last 5 years 22% of beds have closed, with 23% of participants reporting they will close more beds within the next 12
months.
• In 2016/17 26% of participants reports they had plans to reduce bed numbers over the next 12 months, with the mean
average percentage of bed closures (for this group) being 13%. The percentage of bed closures within 12 months has
remained consistent these last two years. In 2015/16 46% of participants planned to close beds within 12 months, and of
these 24% of beds were planned to be reduced.
20
Skill mix by discipline
Participants can test their own skill mix (discipline and banding) on the online toolkit,
available on the members’ area of the website.
▪ For inpatient services, the workforce skill
mix by discipline shows unqualified
nursing accounts for 56% of the total
workforce.
▪ 24% of the total workforce is comprised of
RNLD nurses, this is 5% higher than the
figure reported in 2016/17 (21%). Mental
health and general nursing disciplines
comprise 5% of inpatient staff, this is 1%
lower than reported in 2016/17.
▪ Medical staff account for 2% of the
workforce and specialist therapies also
make up a small percentage of the
inpatient workforce.
▪ LD administration accounts for 5% of staff.
21
Qualified vs unqualified nursing staff
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
LD CAMHS Adult MH PICU OlderPeoples MH
Unqualified Qualified
67%
56%
51%
58% 60%
▪ For inpatient services,
the workforce skill mix by
discipline shows
unqualified nursing
accounts for 67% of the
Nursing workforce.
▪ This confirms an
increasing tendency for
unregistered Nursing
staff to be used at scale
in the Nursing team.
Unregistered staff now
outnumber registered
staff in all major mental
health inpatient
environments.
▪ Learning Disability has
the highest proportionate
reliance on unregistered
Nursing staff.
▪ Registered nursing staff (band 5
and above) account for 33% of
the LD inpatient nursing
workforce. The largest category
within the qualified staff group are
Registered Nurses in Learning
Disability (28% of total staff),
followed by General Nurses (4%)
and Mental Health Nurses (1%).
▪ Unregistered nursing staff and
support workers account for 67%
of the LD inpatient nursing
workforce
▪ The time-series position for
unregistered staff shows a
position of 68% unregistered
nursing staff in 2017, 66% in
2016 and 60% in 2014.
Inpatient workforce – nursing staff
Skill mix by band
Participants can test their own skill mix (discipline and banding) on the online toolkit,
available on the members’ area of the website.
▪ Inpatient workforce skill mix by band, shows
a similar picture to previous years. The
majority of staff are Band 3, which is
consistent with the largest part of the
workforce being support workers. Band 3’s
account for 44% of total inpatient
workforce.
▪ There has been a 2% increase in Band 5
staff compared to 2016/17 (20%). In
2017/18 22% of inpatient staff are Band 5.
▪ LD Consultant Psychiatrists account for 1%
of inpatient teams.
24
Medical staff
▪ The total WTE per 10 beds for medical staff shows a mean of 0.87 WTE in 2017/18, this has increased from 0.74 WTE
reported in 2016/17, but similar to the 2015/16 reported WTE. More information on workforce WTE can be found on the
online toolkit accessed through the NHS Benchmarking Network website: www.nhsbenchmarking.nhs.uk
▪ Learning disability services have higher staffing numbers than parallel mental health services, although the skill mix of
these staff is typically lower with higher use of support workers and unregistered staff. Medical staffing rates are though
higher than in parallel Adult Acute mental health services which typically average 0.6 WTE per 10 beds.
25
▪ The charts below show the variation in WTE per 10 beds for support workers and RNLD nursing staff. The
mean average WTE support workers per 10 beds (2017/18) is 19.7, this is a similar value to last year but lower
than 2015/16, where the mean average was 22.0 WTE.
▪ The mean average WTE nursing RNLD per 10 beds (2017/18) is 10.1. This is a similar level to 2015/16 where
the value was 10.3 WTE.
Nursing staff
Support worker
- 68%
Total WTE nursing (RNLD) per 10 bedsTotal WTE support workers per 10 beds
26
▪ The total cost of bed based services has decreased
compared to previous years and reflects the national
reduction in inpatient investment driven by
Transforming Care. This year the mean average total
costs of bed based services per 100,000 population
reported is £571,808. In 2016/17 the mean average
was £730,513 and in 2015/16 the mean average was
£896,216.
▪ The total pay costs for LD inpatient services per
100,000 population reduced this year compared to
2016/17. In 2017/18 the mean average total pay costs
were £469,280 per 100,000 population, compared to
£570,408 per 100,000 population reported in 2016/17.
▪ Total non-pay costs for LD inpatient services per
100,000 population decreased from a mean average of
£34,231 in 2016/17 to £31,264 in 2017/18.
▪ Indirect costs account for £71,264 per 100,000
population.
▪ Organisations reported a 1.7% average CIP in 2017/18.
Areas contributing to CIP include service redesign
(46%), nursing skill mix review (36%) working/shift
patterns (26%), income generation (27%), service
reduction (13%) and vacancy freeze (14%).
Cost of services 27
Forensic/ Non-forensic inpatient cost
▪ The total cost of forensic services in 2017/18 per
100,000 registered population is £705,605 (2016/17
= £944,639), compared to non-forensic costs of
£480,635 per 100,000 population (2016/17
participants reported a total cost of £457,742 per
100,000 population for non-forensic beds). This
confirms a higher intensity of input for forensic LD
patients.
28
▪ Average pay costs for forensic services is £360,717
per 100,000 population compared to £552,000 in
2016/17, with non-forensic services reporting
£368,182 per 100,000 population compared to
£389,000 in 2016/17.
▪ Bank and Agency costs
are an important proxy
measure for continuity of
care and workforce
stability. Project
participants reported an
average 22% of total
workforce costs attributed
to bank and agency staff
costs.
▪ There is notable variation
observed from 0.11% to
46%. Organisations at the
top of this range may wish
to review their positions
and workforce strategies.
▪ The infographic below
also shows how LD
shares similar positions to
mental health inpatient
services in its use of Bank
and Agency staff.
Emergency Care
departments also report
23% use of Bank and
Agency staff.
Bank and agency spend 29
Quality metric Mean average
per 10,000 bed
days 2017/18
Mean average
per 10,000 bed
days 2016/17
Mean average
per 10,000 bed
days 2015/16
Medication incidents 40 47 39
Prescribing errors 5 4 4
Patients prescribed anti-
psychotic medication27 27 14
Patients prescribed rapid
tranquilisation medication9 13 16
Drug administration
errors21 21 13
Ligature incidents 8 16 13
Service users AWOL 3 5 4
Safeguarding incidents 71 65 41
Quality metrics▪ Quality indicators were developed for a
series of metrics with an aim of
concluding on overall service quality and
effectiveness.
▪ Ligature incidents are a major risk
management and safety issue in mental
health and learning disability services.
The number of ligature incidents per
10,000 bed days in this report is 8, a
decrease from 16 ligature incidents
reported in 2015/16.
▪ Medication incidents and drug
administration errors have both increased
since last years LD benchmarking
project. Medication incidents are reported
at 40 per 10,000 bed days and drug
administration errors 19.
▪ Prescribing errors remains at a similar
level to 2015/16, and the number of
patients prescribed rapid tranquilisation
medication has reduced.
30
Restraint▪ The number of incidences of restraint during 2016/17 per 10,000 bed days is 620. The number of reported incidences
vary widely from 0 to 5,484, depending on provider size and service type, and approach to restrictive interventions.
▪ The chart below shows the 2017/18 number of incidences of prone restraint per 10,000 occupied bed days. The mean
number of incidences was 10.2, which is a decrease from the 2016/17 reported number of 19.8 incidences of prone
restraint per 100,000 occupied bed days. It should also be noted that almost half of providers reported zero use of
prone restraint in 2017/18.
31
Violent incidents▪ The number of violent incidents involving patient to patient violence per 10,000 bed days is 59. This compares to the
figure reported in 2016/17 of 45 and in 2015/16 of 53.
▪ The number of patients involved in violent incidents (patient to patient) per 10,000 occupied bed days was 24 in
2017/18. This is broadly similar to last year (2016/17) where the mean average number of patients reported was 22,
but is still less than reported in 2015/16 where the mean average reported was 28
32
▪ Care and Treatment Reviews (CTR) have been developed by NHS England as part of the Transforming Care
initiative. CTRs ensure that individuals are receiving the right care in the right place, and are carried out with
people receiving care in specialist LD or mental health hospitals, and those who are at risk of admission.
▪ The CTR guidance has a number of pathway standards for commissioners and providers. Questions were
included in the NHS Benchmarking Network’s LD project to test compliance against the standards, with the
headline findings shown below. Broad compliance with CTR standards was observed although gaps were evident
in some areas including that 47% of providers had a planned admission without a CTR.
Care and Treatment Reviews
collect
feedback on
Care and
Treatment
reviews
85% 82%
have a lead in
agencies to
ensure that
appropriate
packages of
support are in
place
had a planned
admission
without a care
and treatment
review
report that a
post admission
CTR was
carried out
within 10
working days in
all instances
report that
patients who
have been
admitted for
longer than 6
months have
received a CTR
92%
33
47%
82%
34
STOMP PledgeSTOMP aims to stop over medication of people with a learning disability, autism or both with psychotropic medicines.
The aim of STOMP is to improve quality of life for people with a learning disability, autism or both, by encouraging
people to have regular medication reviews, and ensuring healthcare professionals involve people and families in
decisions about medicines.
The charts below show the percentage of Trusts signed up to the STOMP pledge and the percentage of Trusts that
have undertaken a STOMP audit of the use of psychotropic medication in the last year. 85% of participants signed
up to the STOMP pledge in 2017/18 and 77% of participants had undertake a STOMP audit.
Quality - safeguarding
Quality 2017/18 2016/17 2015/16 2013/14
Number of safeguarding
incidents reported in
inpatient settings per 10,000
bed days
71 45 41 49
Number of recorded
incidences of self-harm per
10,000 bed days
84 133 224 241
Number of “never-events” of
service users per 10,000
bed days
0 0 0 0
Number of suicides per
10,000 bed days
0 0 0 1
Number of deaths per
10,000 bed days
1 1 0
35
• The table opposite
shows the change in
quality indicators for
safeguarding,
incidences of self-
harm, never-events,
suicides and deaths.
• The number of
safeguarding
incidents reported in
an inpatient setting
has increased from
45 to 71 per 100,000
bed days from
2016/17 to 2017/18.
• The recorded
incidences of self-
harm per 10,000 bed
days has reduced
from 133 in 2016/17
to 84 reported in
2017/18.
▪ It should be noted that the services described in this section
are services providing intensive and specialist services to
LD service users rather than universal health and care
services which are excluded from the scope of this project.
▪ Providers were asked to describe the range of specialist
community LD services offered. Community based LD
services are far more extensive in coverage than bed based
services and there is a broad offering from many
organisations. We estimate that 56,000 people are in
receipt of these services.
▪ The most frequent services provided are generic
community LD teams, positive behaviour services and
outpatient services.
▪ Liaison services offered has shown a positive increase
compared to last year, with 68% of providers reporting they
offer a primary care liaison service (compared to 60% in
2016/17). The percentage of providers offering a hospital
liaison service has reduced from 56% in 2016/17 to 53% in
2017/18.
▪ Intensive response / support services are in place in 47% of
organisations. 25% provide transitional services (a
reduction from 37% reported in 2016/17) and 33% offer a
community forensic service (an increase from 27% reported
in 2016/17).
Non bed based service % of
providers
who offer the
service
(2017/18)
% of
providers
who offer the
service
(2016/17)
Community LD team 97% 96%
Positive behaviour services 90% 87%
Outpatient services 76% 76%
Targeted work with service
users and carers82% 69%
LD primary care liaison 67% 60%
LD hospital liaison 53% 56%
Intensive response/ support
services47% 44%
Other 30% 27%
Transitional services 25% 37%
Community forensic service 33% 27%
LD day services 20% 23%
Community services portfolio 37
Waiting times ▪ The LD project explores the variations in waiting times
for services.
▪ Waiting times for routine (non-urgent) referrals to
assessment have increased during 2017/18 to 53 days.
There is wide variation across providers from 7 to 187
days.
▪ Time from assessment to treatment averages 86 days,
double the average waiting time in 2013/14 (45 days).
▪ There has been a three fold increase in the mean
waiting time from referral to emergency assessment
since 2013/14. This has increased from 4 to 12 days.
▪ Teams are generally able to mobilise, however, waiting
times for emergency treatment in excess of a few days
suggest sub-optimal access arrangements.
▪ Time from urgent assessment to treatment averages
18 days, the same waiting time was reported in
2015/16.
▪ Overall conclusions for 2017/18 appear to be that
access has become tighter with longer waiting times in
place in most organisations, when compared to the
position that was evident at the start of the project in
2013/14.
38
24%
26%26%
14%
9%
80%
12%
▪ The charts below show the service user profile for adult community services 2017/18.
▪ Service users are reported 75% White British ethnicity (84% for inpatient services). Over half (52%) of service users
fall within the age bracket 26 – 54 (58% for the inpatient cohort). Service users over the age of 65 account for 9% of
total service users (11% in inpatient services), again an under-represented group when compared to the wider
population.
▪ The ethnic group that is most under-represented in services are Asian British people who account for 6% of
community caseloads against a wider population profile of 10% of general population. Community caseloads contain
more ethnic diversity than the general population.
Service user demographics 39
Referrals to community services
26%
10%
3%4% 20%
6%
28%
▪ Referrals into LD services can be from a range of
sources and are analysed in detail in the chart opposite
and online toolkit.
▪ The largest source of identified new referrals into
specialist LD services are from primary healthcare, who
made 25% of new referrals into specialist LD services
in 2016/17.
▪ Local authorities referred 18% (20% in 2016/17) of new
referrals in to specialist LD services, and 12% of
referrals were internal from CMHTs (10% in 2016/17).
▪ 6% of new referrals were self-referrals and 3% were
from the independent sector and acute secondary care.
▪ 87% of referrals made to community adult services
were accepted in 2017/18.
▪ The average number of referrals accepted onto a
caseload in 2017/18 was 750.
▪ Data suggests a steady decline in the number of
referrals made and the number of referrals accepted.
The percentage of referrals accepted has also reduced
year on year. More information is available through the
online toolkit.
Referrals to community services
40
Community caseload
▪ The average caseload for community LD teams in
2017/18 was 129 per 100,000 registered
population. A reduction from 2016/17 where the
value reported was 136 per 100,000 registered
population, and 162 in 2015/16. Typical reasons
for caseload reduction include; the impact of
caseload review initiatives, focus on most acute
caseload, transfers and discharges to universal
services and reduction in baseline services
funding levels. The decline in community
capacity is consistent with parallel service
investment levels which have reduced since the
project’s inception in 2013/14.
▪ Variation is evident with a range from 2.5 to 354.
This highlights both the broad range in historic
funding at CCG level, and different approaches to
the provision of community based care.
▪ Average time on Learning Disability community
team caseload recorded in months is 36 months
(3 years) a reduction from 2016/17 where the
average time was 45 months (3 years 9 months),
This suggests that patients are moving on and off
the caseloads of specialist mental health and LD
Trusts more frequently that the previous year.
41
Community contacts▪ Community based contacts for LD clients average 2,724 per 100,000 population has reduced compared to 2016/17 (2,756
per 100,000 population). This has reduced from 3,281 contacts per 100,000 population in 2013/14. This represents an 17%
reduction in community contacts over the last 4 years.
▪ 61% of contacts delivered are face to face.
▪ An average of 111 patients are discharged per 100,000 population this is a reduction compared to last years value of 134
patients per 100,000 population, and is similar to the 2015/16 reported valued (115 per 100,000 population).
▪ Community service DNA rates average 7%, with variation from 0.01% to 19%.
42
Community team skill mix▪ A much wider variety of disciplines are
evident in the community LD team than in
specialist inpatient services.
▪ Therapy input is more available and support
workers are less evident in the community
team than in the inpatient workforce.
▪ Support workers make up 15% of the
community workforce (compared with 56% of
the inpatient workforce), and registered
nursing staff make up around 31% of the total
workforce.
▪ Clinical psychology represent 9% of the
community workforce, compared to 2%
evident in the inpatient discipline mix.
▪ Input from other AHP professions is also
evident including Physiotherapy, Occupational
Therapy, and Speech and Language Therapy.
▪ The community LD team typically has a broad
multi-disciplinary team that includes the
presence of staff focusing on both the
physical and mental health needs of service
users. Integration of community services with
wider universal services is an ongoing issue
that can be strengthened by the inclusion of
liaison roles within community teams.
43
Nursing staff▪ Registered nursing staff (Band 5 and above) account for
31% of the LD community nursing workforce.
▪ Unregistered nursing staff and support workers account
for 15% of all staff.
Total WTE nursing (RNLD) per 100,000 populationTotal WTE support workers per 100,000 population
44
Service costs▪ The total costs of community services per 100,000 population is £593,469, this is an increase from last years figure of £552,240. This
does though represent a decrease from £701,658 in 2015/16 and £908,819 in 2014/15. it is pleasing to see the first upward shift in
community team investment since the projects inception.
▪ The total direct costs have decreased year on year. The total direct costs of services in 2017/18 were £546,306 per 100,000 population,
compared £512,253 in 2016/17 and £611,131 in 2015/16. The benchmarking data suggests disinvestment has taken place in
community LD services direct care in the last 3 years, as there has been a 35% reduction in spend related to direct patient care.
▪ Bank and agency spend averages 5% in community learning disability services, and reflects a lower propensity to use temporary staff for
ongoing community care.
45
Safeguarding▪ Providers reported an average of 56 safeguarding incidents per 10,000 community contacts.
▪ There is notable variation observed from 0 to 799 safeguarding incidents per 10,000 contacts and may evidence
different approaches to safeguarding incident reporting across providers.
▪ A range of quality metrics are available on the online toolkit, which can be accessed via the members’ area of the
website.
46
Waiting times
Average waiting times (days)2017/18 2016/17 2015/16 2013/14
Assessment to treatment (routine) 70 72 56 20
Referral to assessment (routine – longest wait)
Average: 102
Range: 0 - 295
Average: 68
Range: 3 -
237
Average: 110
Range: 19 - 363
▪ The Children’s section of this report contains fewer data items due to the
smaller scope of the children’s specialist learning disabilities sector.
▪ The mean routine waiting time from referral to assessment is 34 days. This
has increased from last years waiting time position of 26 days.
▪ Time from assessment to treatment averages 70 days.
▪ The mean longest wait from referral to assessment was reported at 102 days.
▪ The mean longest wait from assessment to treatment was reported at 159
days.
▪ Waiting times for children’s community specialist care have increased since
project inception in 2013/14.
▪ Further information regarding emergency waiting times can be found in the
online toolkit.
48
Caseload and contacts ▪ The chart below shows the total caseload for child community teams per 100,000 registered population. The average
caseload for children’s community LD teams in 2017/18 was 110 per 100,000 registered population. This has reduced
from 129 per 100,000 population in 2016/17.
▪ Average time on children’s community team caseload recorded in months is 24 months (1 year and 11 months), in
2016/17 the average time was 22 months (1 year 10 months), in 2015/16 the average time on caseload was 25 months (2
years 1 month).
49
Workforce▪ There is an increased presence of
registered nursing staff within child LD
community teams, 43% of total workforce.
▪ Support workers account for 32% of the
child LD community workforce, the
comparative values reported in 2016/17
were 10% and 13% in 2015/16, indicating a
substantial shift towards support workers.
▪ Psychology input accounted for 6% of total
workforce in 2017/18, this is a reduction
from 14% in 2015/16.
▪ Input from other AHP professions is also
evident including Occupational Therapy
(3%) and Speech and Language Therapy
(1%).
▪ The children’s community LD team has
good presence from qualified nurses, who
form a substantial element of the multi-
disciplinary team (the largest single staff
group in the MDT).
50
Finance▪ Analysis shows total costs of children’s community services per 100,000 population reducing from £463,755 in 2016/17 to
£451,271 reported in 2017/18, this is however an increase from the cost of £400,715 reported in 2015/16. Children’s
community services have therefore faired better than adult community LD teams in recent years.
▪ A notable range exists in service investment levels from £28K per 100,000 population up to more comprehensive services
investing £1.1M per 100,000 population. This range again highlights the importance of legacy baseline investment levels in
shaping current capacity.
▪ Total pay costs for LD child community services per 100,000 population was reported as £324,977 compared to a mean
average of £317,951 reported in 2016/17.
51
Good practice compendiumExamples of good practice were provided by many project participants. The following section summarises the innovations
developed by individual sites. The NHS Benchmarking Network encourages networking across member organisations
and can provide further member contact details on request.
• Aneurin Bevan University Health Board
Adopted PBS model in all areas of LD services; we support private providers to adopt the PBS model; worked
collaboratively with Mental Health services in relation to supporting individuals requiring PBS input.
• Berkshire Healthcare NHS Foundation Trust
Closure of 7 inpatient beds and development of new community-based IST
More effective planning with Spec Comm and preparing for people to come back to local community
Implementing Active Support into specialist inpatient LD services.
Experience Based Co-Design
Trust is licensed to provide PROACT-SCIPr-UK(R) training - accredited by BILD
Individualised PBS plans developed by Behaviour Specialists from the IST in partnership with people and their families
52
Good practice compendium
• Birmingham Community Healthcare NHS Foundation Trust
The multidisciplinary community teams have a clear ethos and culture of providing a proactive, low arousal approach to
patient care with the aim of understanding individuals and ensuring that everyone who works with them, be they in health or
social care has the same tools to deliver consistent care delivery using a Show-Tell-Do approach to support this. This is
further enhanced through comprehensive modelling of services using both multidisciplinary clinical reference groups and co-
production of pathways and resources with service users and their careers.
Through the lifetime of the TCP programme these services have been developed and the Intensive Support Team is shortly
to increase the service to accommodate an extended service model that allows teams to work 8 – 8 Monday to Friday as well
as providing an admission avoidance, on-call service out of hours. To support this, and to support the increased case load in
both IST and Community Forensic Services the clinical workforce has been expanded to include additional psychology,
nursing, and AHP posts, including the potential use of several new roles such as nursing associate, physician associate, AHP
support roles and assistant practitioners in psychology. Each of the IST and Community Forensic teams also has dedicated
psychiatry support.
The development of the new and enhanced team structure is supported by a Training Needs analysis which supports the
whole MDT, included embedded social workers within IST and is based around the delivery of Positive Behavioural Support
(PBS). A coaching model is also being developed and 14 team members across the services are currently being trained to
deliver this. The team are also working with formal and informal carers to signpost them to appropriate supportive training
and where necessary providing wrap around training and information for all team members that are included in a specific
intervention.
Although the community model is based within health care it works across the formal and informal care sectors too, co-
creating templates and plans that can be used by all people working with an individual patient.
53
Good practice compendium• Derbyshire Healthcare NHS Foundation Trust
Happy, Healthy, Safe national benchmarking tool, designed by the CLDT
Undertaken service redesign with the intensive support team as per national TCP recommendations. Also created new posts
including a forensic LD team to specifically support the TCP cohort along with a TCP case manager.
We routinely use PBS for all service users open to the intensive support team will have an up to date PBS if appropriate. CLDT will
consider PBS as and when appropriate
• Devon Partnership NHS Trust
As part of transforming care work there is now a 3 bedded community living facility to support people to come back into area in a
timelier way
There has been a review of the inpatient service leading to clearer service criteria understood by the STP area and the appointment
of a discharge social worker.
Training programme throughout services to ensure skilled staff available to deliver PBS approach as an alternative to psychotropic
medication
Restrictive interventions project board established. Nurse consultant post developed to support training programme and education
regarding best practice
Mental Healthcare Pathway, Complex Physical Healthcare Pathway, Dementia Protocol as well as Autism, Trauma Informed Practice
and Dementia Training packages have all been evidenced in research papers.
54
Good practice compendium• Dorset Healthcare University NHS Foundation Trust
STOMP audits and action plans led by specialist Psychiatry. Embedding the Challenging Behaviour Pathway and rolling out
MDT led training in the pathway across all services.
We worked with the CCG and Priory HealthCare in development of an innovative residential alternative to hospitals. Sadly, this
project has ceased. However lessons from this are feeding in to our current TCP development work.
Working with Dorset People First to develop a peer led group therapy programme. Health Facilitation pilot programme in
Bournemouth. Further development of the LD IAPT pathway and presentation at NHS Awards. Actions from STOMP audit re
prescribing practice. Development of the Safe Holding process.
• East London Foundation Trust
Drop in sessions for those in crisis - run my IST as an evening Drop in. Health Faciliton have had leaflets pubished nationally as
part of Good Practice in taking bloods for people who have a learning disability. In addition, there has been 3 very successful QI
projects that have reduced waiting times for service users for assessment and treatment. The service has also redesigned its
PBS format with guidance from BILD
The Coppice has a smooth working relationship with Bedfordshire and Luton commissioners and holds regular and effective blue
light and ongoing CTR's for at risk or admitted patients. There is a monthly complex case panel with colleagues from the local
authority ALDT's to identify complex and risky individuals where a wider team approach is needed.
The CBP development team was established within the larger MDT in order to lead NHLD’s challenging behaviour strategy to
facilitate best practice and positive outcomes for Newham residents. This team is made up of all discipline leads; with the
addition of the Senior Behavioural Support Specialist and Clinical Service manager. This team meets monthly with additional
support provided to the team lead from Affina Organisational Development (AOD) in collaboration with Health Education England
and NHS England. AOD works with health & social care organisations to improve performance through team-based working.
55
Good practice compendium• East Sussex adult’s community service
PBS Sussex BILD accredited package delivered. Joint work with commissioners to establish PBS network with providers. HEKKS funded
project for service leaders working with the TC cohort re resilience. Pharmacy project to optimize medication in Hastings and Rother CCG
• Essex Partnership NHS Foundation Trust
Implementation of PBS plans, regular CTR meetings, closer working relationships with commissioners, facilitate the ability to look beyond
a hospital admission to enable an individual to remain in their community/placement
• Positive behavioural support is an embedded element of the management of people with LD within EPUT. The plans are discussed at
each staff handover as well as at the weekly clinical ward rounds. All newly admitted patients to the LD ward have a PBS plan in place
within 7 calendar days of admission.
• Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust (Central & West)
Challenging behaviour pathway. All care plans evidence based. Mapping against NICE guidance to undergoing interventions. People with
an LD being involved in the recruitment process for new LD staff. People with an LD are involved in the delivery LD awareness training to
GP and practice nurses through our links with React.
• Lancashire Care NHS Foundation Trust (Pennine)
Challenging behaviour pathway. All care plans evidence based. Mapping against NICE guidance to undergoing interventions. People with
an LD being involved in the recruitment process for new LD staff. People with an LD are involved in the delivery LD awareness training to
GP and practice nurses through our links with React.
56
• Leeds and York Partnership NHS Foundation Trust
All staff in the LD team have had 3 days training minimum in PBS. We have trained Nurse Behaviour Specilaists to
complement the psychology team and continue to invest in this training. Psychiatry input into STOMP-LD.
As part of our Community Review, we had the chair of Forum Central- the 3rd Sector collaborative organisation on the
programme board. We engaged with the organisations on the redesign which included residential and supported living
providers, therapy groups and advocacy services. Our inpatient service also has a relationship with Advonet as each
service user is provided with access to advocacy services. Development of clinical pathways based on NICE Guidance
Revised Community model implemented in September 2017. Creation of a Health Facilitation team to work with city wide
partner providers to make reasonable adjustments. Proposal for Intensive Support team produced Oct 2018. Inpatient
beds reduced from 12 (2015) to 8 (2017) locally. (move to 6 in 2018)
57Good practice compendium
Good practice compendium• Livewell Southwest
Psychiatry working with PLUS to create easy read appointment letters, accessible information standard, Dementia
Screening Programme, end of life pathways, build mentalisation therapy, EMDR, PTSD, OT activity workshops, PCL work
the team undertook work that focussed on the reduction of medication with alternative treatment prior to the creation of
STOMP. The inter-disciplinary nature of the team results in collaborative working with the replacement of psychotropic
medication with PBS/MDT interventions. The model of core team working leading interventions has been pivotal.
The work of the team in relation to repatriation of people from in-patient services predated the creation of TCP. The work of
this team has informed and shaped the development of the Devon TCP and informed other teams within our catchment of
effective processes and practices that lead to successful and sustainable discharges. The team developed the Seven Step
tracking tool, designed to provide an audit and measuring tool in relation to the processes of repatriation. The team
developed a governed and formal; tri-partite partnership with the CCG and provider teams, which has overseen the
repatriation of over 20 people. the team developed and adapted its model of service delivery to ensure that the provider
services received out of hours support. The team identified 2 dedicated nurses who started and saw the process through to
completion. This was achieved with no additional resources and the nurses maintained a caseload. The team-maintained
face to face contact with those in hospital; on a regular basis and worked collaboratively with the clinical and medical
teams within the hospital. A core team was identified while the person was in hospital and participated and engaged prior
to discharge. the team helped to develop and implement the process of individual service design and support planning that
has been so effective in the successful repatriation. Once repatriated, the team have provided continued extensive support
of the person.; Where appropriate, the team has signposted to other mainstream services and worked in conjunction with
them. The team worked closely with the police and developed police passports, which changed the way the police
interacted and supported people in times of difficulty.
58
Good practice compendium• North East London Foundation Trust
Carer and Service user forums which has representation at the LD Partnership Board. Staff trained to undertake an extended role in
specialist areas such as Epilepsy/PBS/Diabetes & Continence. Epilepsy protocols produced for B&D day centre relating to rescue
medication/seizure management for those with profound & multiple disabilities.
Direct Consultancy work. Identification of those Patients at most risk, direct work as an MDT alongside the provision of Level 1 and
Level 2 training of staff and Providers. Train the Trainer project for greater sustainability.
PBS - This a project in collaboration with NHSE which is to provide a comprehensive assessment and evidence-based solutions to the
prevention and management of complex challenging behaviour in people with LD and/or autism. At risk of admission register for high
priority cases discussed regularly at local level and CTR process in place to avoid admission where possible.
Open dialogue - is an innovative psychology-based intervention used primarily in crisis intervention. It has not been used in LD
services before and the Havering team have trained three practitioners to pilot the service.
Regular meetings with the CCG and children services to discuss and update individual cases
This is being actively promoted by the team and all the staff have been and will be going on training sessions which have been
arranged.
Clients assessed by clinical behavioural psychologist
Implementation of Health Action Plans for service users by LD nursing.
Referrals Screening System
59
Good practice compendium• Northamptonshire Healthcare
We have developed new roles around:
Administrator for DOLS/COP - which allows us to ensure education and knowledge is across teams. Applications are prompt and
systems allow us to ensure full and appropriate data collection.
Crisis and Admission Avoidance practitioner - this is an experienced practitioner that works alongside teams to advise and support
in looking at alternatives to admission and risk management. They hold a key role & responsibility in CTR and CeTR process and
education and training around these areas.
Autism Assurance practitioner - To educate and train services and providers, to develop standards and autism champions. To work
on the development and implementation of the autism strategy.
• Oxford Health NHS FT MH Learning Disabilities
The 2017 focus was to transfer services from Southern Health to Oxford Health and it is agreed that this happened very
successfully, by TCPB, CQC auditors and the Trust.
The Oxford University Patient Safety Academy (PSA) worked with Oxford Health managers, clinical staff and families to investigate
the causal factors underpinning emergency admissions to out of county placements for behaviours that challenge. The unique
nature of the cases, some of which are historic and involve multiple agencies has led to the PSA Human Factors team developing
a tool/model to analyse the events and circumstances leading to admissions. The tool is expected to be of significant use to other
health and social care, and education, providers in identifying potential risks and analysing events with this vulnerable group of
people.
Look @Me is the second joint PSA project to develop an intervention to improve safety from choking for people who experience
Dysphagia ‘swallowing problems. The need for education about dysphagia is noted in the Mazars review of deaths of people with a
Learning Disability (2015) and in government guidance on making reasonable adjustments for people who have learning
disabilities and problems swallowing (2017).
60
Good practice compendium• Solent NHS Trust
Active review of people on ARoAR, combined register with children’s and AMH, enhanced housing, respite and day opportunities
offer
Active STOMP themed project linked with local care providers, enhanced physical health monitoring, clear process for engaging
carers in medication rationalisation
• Somerset Partnership NHS Foundation Trust
Admissions and crisis avoidance register - to provide proactive multi-agency support to divert crises where possible, and to
improve liaison between agencies and share learning.
PPI groups; QUIG groups to oversee and collate research and evidence-based practice across the service.
• Use of MDT consultation clinics to review medication and ensure least restrictive practice, MDT care pathways, SPA to ensure
MDT approach to health needs including concerns about medication.
61
Good practice compendium• South Staffordshire & Shropshire Healthcare NHS FT
Development of CPA and CTR pathway to support all clinicians to understand their role in proactively supporting
service users to receive the support they need in community settings. Establishment of ISTs in South
Staffordshire and Shropshire. Development of PBS pathway and training (and PBS mentors) to support use of
evidence based behavioural approaches across clinical teams. Development of People at Risk of Admission
Registers for Shropshire and South Staffordshire which are regularly reviewed with commissioners.
Directorate involved in Beat-It the largest ever RCT for people with learning disabilities and low mood.
Involvement has enabled us to train several clinicians (nurses and psychologists) in 2 evidence-based treatment
for low mood – behavioural activation and guided self-help. Research will be published in Lancet Psychiatry.
• South West London and St George's
All teams and wards will have a PBS champion who will have undertaken a 2-day introduction/foundation course
in PBS. The LD teams are encouraged to seek out further and more in-depth training/qualifications. The CAMHS
LD team has regular PBS supervision from a behavioural specialist
We are working closely with transforming care at a crisis home to prevent admission and as a step down into the
community. This provision will also look to provide intensive in reach to people’s homes.
We now have practice standards which benchmarks good practice across the trust, regular training to
preceptorship and ICAN programme and starting induction shortly. Implementing PBS across the trust. Yearly
LD/ASD conference open to staff, careers, and agencies linked to the trust. A work experience pilot is currently
being set up across the trust and we have linked in with colleagues in our local council to aid this process.
62
Good practice compendium• Southern Health NHS Foundation Trust
Development of the at Risk of Admission Register with the CCG and Local Authority to support identification of those at risk of
inpatient admission, the register is now in place, with regular meetings and reviews
The development of Forensic Community Learning Disability Teams in the Trust and pathway between them and the
Community Learning Disability Services. Agreement from the CCG to commission Hospital Liaison Nursing from April 2017,
service specification and KPI's agreed in preparation for the service commencing. The Intensive Support team development of
PBS pathway reactive strategies across all community teams. Service User and carer engagement in service development and
service review.
Work with the CCG and Local authority on the Least Restrictive Practice Project working with local providers to increase
knowledge and skills around PBS as well as our own health and social care staff. Aim is to work more proactively to reduce
crises and placement breakdown.
We have a nurse prescriber who works with Psychiatry to support people on our mental health pathway to ensure they get
timely access to medication reviews alongside the other therapies offered by the clinical team.
Our Health Facilitation Nurses have been working with local CCG's and GP practices to accredit the practices as Learning
Disability Friendly which is supporting access and reasonable adjustments. They have also been involved in national work to
develop the MIQUEST tool used for the annual health checks to ensure appropriate coding.
Intensive Support Team early intervention strategies and rapid response and formulation pathway for people whose behaviour
challenges services and support roll out across CTLDs.
Within the inpatient services there is a well embedded PBS model used by the MDT, the service also uses periodic service
review to identify opportunities for patients and staff to work proactively to optimise and work proactively with patients to
achieve their goals and reduce the use of psychotropic medication. The intensive support team will support discharge to a new
provider to ensure the PBS and period service review continue following discharge to maximise opportunities for success and
positive outcomes.
63
Good practice compendium
• Sussex Partnership NHS Foundation Trust (Selden unit)
Introduction and redesign of Physical restraint training for whole trust, including more focus on preventative techniques.
Trust wide presentations on restraint reduction and PBS. PBS networks running across the trust (for families as well as
staff).
My Restraint Story, Restrictive Physical Intervention audit, 5 good communication standards, STOMP, PBS, Health and
wellbeing programme (Seldencise)
• The Huntercombe Group - Ashley House
As part of implementation of transforming care, we are developing a further step down from Eldertree Lodge. Oakwood Lodge
will open as a supported living service providing supported living accommodation in the community.
Positive Behaviour Support accredited by BILD
Positive Behaviour Support accredited by BILD has been embedded throughout the service, we have PBS Coaches identified
for all pathways as well as PBD champions delivering PBS to the patients and supporting staff. This is reviewed throughout
Clinical Governance and MDT and used as a proactive alternative to psychotropic medication.
• Wiltshire Health and Care
CPA process in place with care coordination. Work with CCG to support people coming back into county with complex needs
CTPLD has a challenging behaviour/mental health nursing workstream who work closely with Psychiatry, Psychology and
Learning Disability Intensive support team [AWP] to provide positive behavioural support. Challenging behaviour/Mental health
workstream nurses and train the trainer in PRT.
64
Conclusions and next steps▪ This report summarises the results of the fourth round of the NHS Benchmarking Network’s Learning Disabilities benchmarking
project. We are delighted with the response from member organisations which has created a critical mass of data for the project
and coverage across 3 UK countries.
▪ Phase 1 of the project ran in 2014, and this year we have been able to make comparisons on how service provision has changed
over the last 4 years.
▪ The findings from the project describe a continually changing position for LD provision. Inpatient care is reducing in line with the
Transforming Care strategy although the rate of bed reduction has slowed. However, there is no evidence of a parallel increase in
community based provision. Costs of direct care continue to be significantly lower than when the project began in 2013/14. This
year we have seen a further increase in waiting times for community services. Baseline investment in specialist community LD
services increased marginally over 2016/17 levels but it is still 35% lower than in 2013/14.
▪ The largest part of the LD workforce continues to be support workers, especially in inpatient services. Community teams have a
richer skill-mix although overall capacity has reduced. The project now generates detailed data on incident rates and other quality
metrics. Providers need to ensure they are sighted on positions within the national range.
▪ All project participants have received a bespoke report highlighting their organisation’s position across a number of metrics, and
access to an online toolkit containing hundreds of benchmarked metrics. The Learning Disabilities benchmarking project will next
run in the 2019/20 work programme with a project launch date in September 2019.
▪ We would like to thank all participants for their involvement in this years project.
▪ If you have any questions about this report or the project, please contact Jessica Walsh ([email protected]).
65